]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
meson: allow systemd.directives and .index to be built if -Dman=false
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
e8498f82 3CHANGES WITH 239:
019cb3ab
SH
4
5 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
d69f5282
ZJS
6 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
7 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
9 a slot number associated.
10
11 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
12 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
13 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
14 independent.
15
16 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
17 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
18 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
19
20 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
21 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
22 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
23 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
019cb3ab 24
6e2d744b
YW
25 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
26 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
fe903cf4
LP
27 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
28 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
29 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
30 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
31 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
32 e.g. NIS.
33
34 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
35 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
36 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
37 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
38 may be necessary to update the file.
e0eee477 39
1fc83d09
LP
40 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
41 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
42 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
43 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
44 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
45 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
46 documentation.
47
41a4c3ec
LP
48 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
49 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
50 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5cadf58e
ZJS
51 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
52 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
53 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
54 them.
41a4c3ec 55
ce55bd5e
ZJS
56 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
57 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
fe903cf4
LP
58 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
59 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
60 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
ce55bd5e 61
e01d9e21
LP
62 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
63 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
64 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
65 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
66 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
67 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
68 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
69 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
70
5cadf58e
ZJS
71 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
72 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
73 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
74 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
41a4c3ec
LP
75 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
76
c9299be2
IT
77 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
78 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
c086ce8c
LP
79 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
80 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
81 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
82
73c718a9
YW
83 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
84 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
85 not created by systemd-sysusers.
86
41a4c3ec
LP
87 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
88 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
89 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5cadf58e
ZJS
90 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
91
75da262a
LP
92 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
93 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5cadf58e
ZJS
94 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
95 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
41a4c3ec
LP
96
97 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
98 where the system initially suspends, and after a time-out resumes and
99 hibernates again.
100
101 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
102 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
103
104 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
105 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
106 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
107
108 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
109 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
110 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
111 was not configurable and set to 512.
112
5cadf58e
ZJS
113 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
114 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
115 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
116 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
117 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
118 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
119 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
120 in particular su and sudo.
41a4c3ec
LP
121
122 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
123 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
bc99dac5 124 synchronization has been received from the network. This
41a4c3ec
LP
125 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
126 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
127 services.
128
129 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
130 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
131 files should work for hibernation now.
132
5cadf58e
ZJS
133 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
134 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
41a4c3ec
LP
135 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
136 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
137 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
138 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
139 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
140 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5cadf58e
ZJS
141 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
142 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
41a4c3ec 143 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5cadf58e
ZJS
144 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
145 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
146 name following the last dash.
147
148 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
88099359 149 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5cadf58e 150 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
88099359
ZJS
151 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
152 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
41a4c3ec
LP
153
154 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
155 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
156 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5cadf58e
ZJS
157 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
158 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
159 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
41a4c3ec 160
c7f93e28
ZJS
161 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
162 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
ba1dc1a1
LP
163 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
164 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
c7f93e28 165
41a4c3ec
LP
166 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
167 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
168 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5cadf58e
ZJS
169 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
170 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
41a4c3ec
LP
171
172 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
173 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
174 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
175 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
176 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
177 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
178 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
179 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
180 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5cadf58e
ZJS
181 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
182 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
183 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
41a4c3ec
LP
184 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
185
186 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
187 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
188 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
189 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
190 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
191 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
192 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
193 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
194 settings.
195
196 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
197 expiration feature, if it is available.
198
5cadf58e
ZJS
199 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
200 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
201 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
202
203 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
204 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
41a4c3ec
LP
205
206 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
207
208 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
209 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
210
5cadf58e 211 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
41a4c3ec
LP
212 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
213 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
214 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
215 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
216 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5cadf58e
ZJS
217 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
218 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
41a4c3ec
LP
219 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
220 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
221 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
222
704ae536
YW
223 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
224 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
225 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
226 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
41a4c3ec
LP
227
228 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
229 about its state.
230
73c718a9
YW
231 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
232 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
233 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
234 "timedatectl set-ntp".
235
41a4c3ec
LP
236 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
237 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5cadf58e 238 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
41a4c3ec
LP
239 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
240 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
241 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
242 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
243 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
244 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
5cadf58e 245 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
41a4c3ec
LP
246 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
247
5cadf58e 248 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
41a4c3ec
LP
249 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
250
5cadf58e 251 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
41a4c3ec 252 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
5cadf58e
ZJS
253 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
254 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
41a4c3ec
LP
255 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
256 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
257
258 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
259 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
260 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
261 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
262 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
263 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
264 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
265
266 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
267 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
c7f93e28
ZJS
268 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
269 shown.)
41a4c3ec 270
41a4c3ec
LP
271 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
272 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
273 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
274 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
275 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
276 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
277 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
278 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
279 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
280
281 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
282 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
283 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
284
285 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
286 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
c7f93e28
ZJS
287 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
288 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
289 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
290 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
291 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
292 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
41a4c3ec
LP
293
294 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
295
296 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
5cadf58e 297 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
41a4c3ec
LP
298 automatically when the system clock changed.)
299
300 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
301 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
302
303 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
304 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
305 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CODE_QUALITY.md
306
d6906108
LP
307 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
308
309 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
310
311 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
312 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
313
41a4c3ec
LP
314 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
315 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
316 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
317 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
318 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
319 external user databases.
320
321 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
322 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
323 refused due to the enforced limits.
324
325 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
326 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
327 manages.
328
c49a7cbd
LP
329 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
330 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
331 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
332 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
333 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
334 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
335 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
336 wher this is now used by default.
337
57ab451e
ZJS
338 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
339 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
340
c7668c1c
LP
341 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
342 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
343 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
344 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
345 update process in a generic way.
346
41a4c3ec 347 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
ec53d48c 348 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
bb6f071f
LP
349 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
350 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
351 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
352 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
353 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
354 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
355 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
356 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
357 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
358 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
359 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
360 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
361 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
362 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
363 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
364 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
365 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
366 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
367 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
368 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
61d0025d 369 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
bb6f071f
LP
370 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
371 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
372 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
373 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
374 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
375 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
41a4c3ec 376
e8498f82 377 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
41a4c3ec 378
c657bff1 379CHANGES WITH 238:
e0c46a73
LP
380
381 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
382 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
383 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
384 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
444d5863
ZJS
385 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
386 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
387 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
388 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
389 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
07a35e84 390 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
444d5863
ZJS
391 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
392 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
393 to revert this change.
e0c46a73 394
313c32c3
ZJS
395 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
396 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
397 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
398 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
399 once at the end of the transaction.
400
401 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
402 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
403 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
404 scripts.
405
406 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
407 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
408 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
409 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
410 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
411 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
412 still allowing local admin overrides.
413
07a35e84 414 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
313c32c3
ZJS
415 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
416 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
417
418 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
07a35e84 419 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
313c32c3
ZJS
420 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
421 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
422 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
423
424 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
425 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
426 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
427 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
428 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
429 from package installation scripts.
430
431 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
432 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
433 without the user number ("u username -:456").
434
435 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
436 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
437
438 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
439 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
440 /sbin/nologin for other users).
441
442 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
443 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
444 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
445 --systemd, --user, or --global).
446
447 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
448 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
449 which are triggered meanwhile).
450
451 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
452 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
453 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
454 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
455 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
456
457 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
458 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
459 rotated very quickly.
460
461 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
462 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
463 pending bus messages.
464
465 * systemd gained a new
466 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
467 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
468 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
469 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
470 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
471 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
472 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
473 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
474 session scope.
475
476 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
477 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
478 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
479 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
480 the tree to be accessed.
481
482 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
483 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
484 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
485
486 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
487 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
488 to keys in the main keyring.
489
490 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
491
492 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
493 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
494
495 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
496
497 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
498 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
499 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
500 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
501 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
502 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
503 explicitly.
504
505 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
506 the colour of "OK" status messages.
507
508 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
509 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
510 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
511 be restarted.
512
513 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
514 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
515
c657bff1
ZJS
516 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
517 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
518 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
519 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
520 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
521 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
522 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
523 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
524 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
525 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
526 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
527 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
528 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
529 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
530 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
531 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
532
533 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
534
82c8e3e6 535CHANGES WITH 237:
2b0c59ba
MP
536
537 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
538 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
539 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
540 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
541
49e87292
LP
542 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
543 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
544 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
545 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
546 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
547 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
548 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
549 behaviour has been altered slightly, to match what the documentation
550 says: lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files
551 don't exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the
552 file.
553
82c8e3e6
LP
554 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
555 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
556 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
557 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
558 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
559 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
560 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
561 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
562 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
563 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
564
95894b91
LP
565 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
566 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
567 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
568 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
569 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
570 now provides explicit control.
571
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
572 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
573 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
95894b91
LP
574 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
575 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
576 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
577 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
578 unit types that already supported transient operation.
95894b91
LP
579
580 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
581 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
582 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
583
584 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
585 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
586
587 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
588 .network files all gained support for a new condition
589 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
590 versions.
591
592 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6cddc792 593 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
95894b91
LP
594 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
595 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
596 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
597 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
598 understands RapidCommit=.
599
600 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
601 Delegation.
602
603 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
604 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
605 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
606 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
607 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
608 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
609 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
610 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
611 --watch-bind= command line switch.
612
613 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
614 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
615 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
616 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
617 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
618 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
619 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
620 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
caf2a2d8 621 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
95894b91
LP
622 "Disconnected" signals).
623
624 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
625 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
626 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
627 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
628 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
629 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
630 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
631 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
632 round-trips are removed.
633
634 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
635 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
636 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
637 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
638
639 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
640 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
641 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
642 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
643 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
644 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
645
646 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
647 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
648 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
649 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6cddc792
CR
650 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
651 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
95894b91
LP
652 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
653 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
654 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
655 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
656
657 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6cddc792
CR
658 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
659 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
95894b91
LP
660 when the event source is destroyed.
661
662 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
663 connections.
664
6cddc792
CR
665 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
666 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
667 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
95894b91
LP
668 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
669 new transitional flag file has been added: if
670 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
671 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
672
673 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
674 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
675 manager.
676
31751f7e 677 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
e6501af8
ZJS
678 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
679 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
680 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
681 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
682
56a29112 683 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
508058c9 684 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
56a29112 685 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
508058c9
LP
686 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
687 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
56a29112 688 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
508058c9
LP
689
690 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
bc99dac5 691 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
508058c9
LP
692 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
693 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
694 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
56a29112 695 level/target is given as an argument.
95894b91 696
508058c9
LP
697 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
698 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
699 where UID and GID do not match.
700
95894b91 701 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
508058c9
LP
702 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
703 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
704 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
705 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
706 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
707 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
708 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
709 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
710 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
711 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
712 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
713 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
714 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
715 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
716 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
717 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
718 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
719 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
720 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
721 Палаузов
722
723 — Brno, 2018-01-28
2b0c59ba 724
a1b2c92d 725CHANGES WITH 236:
195b943d 726
89780840
ZJS
727 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
728 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
729 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
730 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
195b943d 731
3925496a
LP
732 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
733 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
734 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
735 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
736 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
737 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
738 valid specifiers today.)
751223fe 739
e6b2d948 740 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
89780840
ZJS
741 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
742 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
743 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
744 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
745 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
e6b2d948 746
67eb5b38
LP
747 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
748 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
749 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
750 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
751
89780840
ZJS
752 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
753 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
754 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
755 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
756 services are resolved properly.
67eb5b38 757
3925496a
LP
758 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
759 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
760 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
761 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
762 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
763 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
764 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
765 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
766 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
767 and btrfs.
768
67eb5b38
LP
769 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
770 DNS server and domain information.
771
772 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
773 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
774 runtime.
775
89780840 776 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
67eb5b38
LP
777 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
778 empty for the first time.
779
8ea2dcb0
ZJS
780 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
781 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
782 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
783 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
784 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
785 running in the user session.
786
787 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
788 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
789 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
790 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
791 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
792 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
67eb5b38 793 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8ea2dcb0 794 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
67eb5b38
LP
795 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
796 user instance).
797
798 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
799 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
800
801 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
89780840
ZJS
802 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
803 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
804 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
67eb5b38
LP
805
806 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
89780840 807 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
67eb5b38
LP
808
809 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
810 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
811 sleep verbs.
812
e9ad86d5 813 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
67eb5b38
LP
814
815 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
89780840 816 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
67eb5b38 817
89780840 818 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
67eb5b38 819
89780840
ZJS
820 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
821 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
822 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
67eb5b38 823
89780840
ZJS
824 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
825 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
826 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
827 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
828 instance.
67eb5b38
LP
829
830 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
831 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
832 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
833
834 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
835 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
836 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
837
89780840 838 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
67eb5b38 839
89780840
ZJS
840 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
841 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
842 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
843 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
844 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
845 processes.
67eb5b38 846
89780840
ZJS
847 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
848 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
849 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
850 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
67eb5b38
LP
851
852 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
853 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
854 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
855
89780840
ZJS
856 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
857 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
858 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
859 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
860 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
861
67eb5b38
LP
862 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
863 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
864
865 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
866 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
867 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
868 time the specified expression would elapse.
869
870 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
89780840
ZJS
871 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
872 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
873 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
874 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
875 types, not just services.
67eb5b38
LP
876
877 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
dd014eeb 878 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
67eb5b38
LP
879 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
880 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
881
882 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
883 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
884 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
885 interface for this purpose.
886
887 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
888 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
889 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
890 anyway.
891
f09eb768
LP
892 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
893 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3925496a
LP
894 requirements of systemd.
895
896 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
897 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
898 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
899
900 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
901 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
902 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
903 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
904
a327431b
DB
905 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
906 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
907 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
908 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
909
ea2a3c9e
LP
910 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
911 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
912
a1b2c92d
LP
913 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
914 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
915 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
916 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
917 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
918 managing software supports (such as pppd).
919
920 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
921 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
922 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
923
3925496a
LP
924 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
925 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
926 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
ea2a3c9e 927 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
a1b2c92d
LP
928 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
929 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
930 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
931 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
932 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
933 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
934 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
935 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
936 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
937 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
938 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
939 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
940 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
941 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
942 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
943 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
944 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
945 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
946 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
67eb5b38 947
ea2a3c9e 948 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3754abc5 949
582faeb4
DJL
950CHANGES WITH 235:
951
2bcbffd6
LP
952 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
953 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
954 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
955 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
23d37367 956 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2bcbffd6
LP
957 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
958 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
959 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
960 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
961 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
962 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
963 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
964 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
965 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
966 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
967 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
968 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
969 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
970 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
971 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
972 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
973 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
974 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
975 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
976 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
977 IPAddressDeny= see below.
978
fccf5419
LP
979 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
980 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
981 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
982 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
983 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
984 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
985 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
986 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
582faeb4 987
ef5a8cb1 988 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
21723f53
ZJS
989 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
990 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
991 used to change those values.
ef5a8cb1 992
fccf5419
LP
993 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
994 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21723f53
ZJS
995 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
996 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
997 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
998 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
fccf5419 999
21723f53
ZJS
1000 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1001 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1002 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1003 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
fccf5419
LP
1004
1005 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1006 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1007 one top-level directory.
1008
1009 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1010 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1011 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
21723f53 1012 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
fccf5419
LP
1013 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1014 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1015 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1016 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1017 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1018 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1019 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
75dfbbac
LP
1020 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1021 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1022 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1023 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
fccf5419
LP
1024
1025 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1026 Meson-only.
1027
1028 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1029 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1030 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1031 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1032 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1033 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1034 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1035 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1036 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1037 acceptable to us.
1038
1039 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1040 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1041 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1042 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1043 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1044 requested at build time.
1045
1046 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1047 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1048 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1049 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1050 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1051 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1052 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1053 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1054 Type= setting which permits configuring
1055 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1056
1057 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1058 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1059 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1060 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1061 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1062 local frames between bridge ports.
1063
1064 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1065 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1066 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1067
1068 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
21723f53 1069 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
fccf5419
LP
1070
1071 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
21723f53
ZJS
1072 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1073 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
fccf5419
LP
1074 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1075
1076 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1077 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1078 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
21723f53
ZJS
1079 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1080 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1081 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1082 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
fccf5419
LP
1083 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1084
1085 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1086 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1087 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1088 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1089 command.)
1090
1091 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1092 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1093 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1094
44898c53
LP
1095 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1096 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
fccf5419
LP
1097 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1098 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1099
1100 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1101 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1102 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1103 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1104 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1105 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1106 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1107 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1108 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1109 on systems where this is not supported.
1110
1111 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1112 sockets.
1113
1114 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1115 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1116 during runtime.
1117
1118 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1119 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
21723f53 1120 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
fccf5419
LP
1121
1122 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1123 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1124 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1125
1126 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1127 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
21723f53
ZJS
1128 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1129 Following this logic, two new special targets
fccf5419 1130 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
21723f53
ZJS
1131 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1132 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
fccf5419
LP
1133
1134 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
21723f53
ZJS
1135 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1136 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
fccf5419
LP
1137 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1138
1139 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1140 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1141 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1142 --wait".
1143
1144 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1145 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1146 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1147 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1148 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1149 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1150 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1151 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1152 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1153
21723f53 1154 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
608f70e6 1155 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
fccf5419
LP
1156 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1157 invocation.
1158
1159 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1160 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1161 processes.
1162
e06fafb2
LP
1163 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1164 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1165 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
21723f53
ZJS
1166 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1167 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
e06fafb2
LP
1168 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1169 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1170 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1171 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1172 systems for all five operations.
1173
1174 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1175 the system.
1176
fccf5419
LP
1177 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1178 than UTC or the local timezone.
1179
f6e64b78 1180 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
21723f53
ZJS
1181 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1182 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1183 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1184 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1185 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1186 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1187 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
f6e64b78 1188
d55b0463
LP
1189 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1190 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1191 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1192 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
cf84484a
LP
1193 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1194 again.
1195
1196 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1197 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1198 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
d55b0463 1199
fccf5419
LP
1200 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1201 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
76451c1d
LP
1202 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1203 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1204 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1205 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1206 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1207 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1208 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1209 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1210 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1211 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1212 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1213 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1214 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1215 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1216 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1217 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1218 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1219 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
fccf5419 1220
c1719d8b 1221 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
fccf5419 1222
4b4da299
LP
1223CHANGES WITH 234:
1224
1225 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1226 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1227 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1228 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1229 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1230 summary:
1231
1232 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1233
1234 becomes:
1235
1236 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1237
1238 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1239 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1240 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1241 .device units.
1242
1243 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1244 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1245 running a systemd user instance.
1246
1247 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1248 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1249 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1250 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1251 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1252 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1253
9f09a95a 1254 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
1255
1256 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1257 (domain search list).
1258
1259 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
bc99dac5 1260 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4b4da299
LP
1261 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1262 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1263 implementation of RA.
1264
1265 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1266 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1267 ISO date values.
1268
1269 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1270 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1271 devices.
1272
1273 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1274 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1275 option.
1276
1277 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7f7ab228
ZJS
1278 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1279 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1280 default yet.
4b4da299
LP
1281
1282 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1283 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1284 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1285 SHA256SUMS files.
1286
1287 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1288 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1289
1290 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1291
1292 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1293
1294 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1295 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
1296
1297 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1298 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1299 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1300 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1301
9f09a95a
ZJS
1302 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1303 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 1304 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
1305 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1306 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1307 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1308 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1309 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1310 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1311 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1312
9d8813b3
YW
1313 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1314 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1315 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1316 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 1317 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
1318 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1319
184d2c15 1320 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
1321 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1322 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1323 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1324 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
1325 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1326 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1327 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1328 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
1329 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1330 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1331 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1332 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1333 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1334 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1335 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1336 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1337 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1338 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1339 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1340 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1341 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1342 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1343 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1344 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
1345 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1346 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
1347 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1348 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1349 Георгиевски
4b4da299 1350
ac172e52 1351 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 1352
a2b53448 1353CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 1354
23eb30b3
ZJS
1355 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1356 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1357 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1358 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1359 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1360 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1361 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1362 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1363 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1364
1365 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1366 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1367 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1368 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1369 default selected on the configure command line
1370 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1371 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1372 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1373 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1374 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1375 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1376 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1377 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1378 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1379 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1380
1381 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1382 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1383 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1384 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1385 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1386 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1387 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1388 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1389 further details about this.)
1390
fb7c4eff
MG
1391 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1392 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1393 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1394
23eb30b3
ZJS
1395 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1396 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1397
d60c5270 1398 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
1399 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1400 with 'make install-tests'.
1401
23eb30b3
ZJS
1402 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1403 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1404 kernel.
1405
1406 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1407 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1408 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1409 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1410 by the Slice= option.
1411
5cfc0a84
LP
1412 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1413 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1414 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1415 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1416
2bcc3309
FB
1417 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1418 following choices:
1419
b0eb2944 1420 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 1421 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 1422 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 1423 (h)elp
eedf223a 1424 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 1425 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
1426 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1427 (y)es, execute the command
1428
1429 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1430 because its meaning was confusing.
1431
d08ee7cb
LP
1432 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1433 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1434
8e458bfe
JW
1435 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1436 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1437 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1438
85266f9b
LP
1439 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1440 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1441 state directly, without executing these commands.
1442
baf32786
MP
1443 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1444 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 1445 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 1446
631b676b
LP
1447 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1448 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1449 combination with After=) have been started.
1450
d08ee7cb
LP
1451 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1452 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 1453 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
1454
1455 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 1456 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 1457 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 1458 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
1459 configuration related calls.
1460
1461 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1462 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1463 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1464 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1465 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1466 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1467 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 1468
23eb30b3
ZJS
1469 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1470 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
1471
1472 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1473 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1474 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1475
23eb30b3
ZJS
1476 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1477 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1478
1479 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1480 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1481 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1482 for compatibility.
1483
1484 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1485 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1486
1487 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1488 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1489
1490 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1491 support for negative matching.
1492
d08ee7cb
LP
1493 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1494
1495 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1496 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1497
1498 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1499 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1500 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1501 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1502 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1503 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1504 removed from the drive.
1505
23eb30b3
ZJS
1506 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1507 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
1508
1509 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1510 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1511
23eb30b3
ZJS
1512 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1513 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1514 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
1515
1516 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1517 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1518 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1519 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
1520 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1521 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1522 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
1523
1524 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1525 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1526 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 1527 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
1528 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1529 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1530
1531 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1532 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1533
23eb30b3
ZJS
1534 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1535 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 1536 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 1537 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
1538 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1539 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1540 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1541 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1542
1543 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1544 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1545 including all control processes.
1546
1547 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1548 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1549 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1550
1551 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1552 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1553 prefixing the source path with "+".
1554
1555 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1556 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1557 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1558 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1559 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1560 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1561 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1562 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1563
baf32786
MP
1564 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1565 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1566 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
1567
1568 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1569 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1570 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1571 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1572 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1573 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1574 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1575
1576 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1577 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1578 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1579 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1580 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1581 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1582 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 1583 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
1584 versions.
1585
1586 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 1587 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
1588 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1589 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1590 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1591 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1592 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1593 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1594 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1595 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1596 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1597 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1598 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1599 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1600 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1601 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1602 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1603 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1604 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1605 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1606 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1607
d08ee7cb
LP
1608 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1609 accelerometer quirks.
1610
1611 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1612 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1613 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1614 ID of each service.
1615
1616 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1617 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1618 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1619 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1620 view.
1621
1622 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1623 environment variables:
1624
f09eb768 1625 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/ENVIRONMENT.md
d08ee7cb
LP
1626
1627 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1628 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1629 address.
1630
1631 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1632 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1633 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1634
d08ee7cb 1635 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1636 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1637 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1638 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1639 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 1640 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
1641 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1642 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
1643 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1644 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1645 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1646 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 1647 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
1648
1649 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1650 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1651 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1652
1653 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1654 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1655
1656 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1657 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1658 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1659 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 1660 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
1661
1662 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1663 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1664 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1665
1666 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1667 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1668
1669 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1670 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1671 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1672 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1673
1674 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1675 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1676 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1677 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1678 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1679 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1680 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1681 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1682 possibly even including full integrity data.
1683
1684 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 1685 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
1686 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1687 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1688 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1689
1690 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1691 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1692 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1693 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1694 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1695
d08ee7cb 1696 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 1697 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
1698 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1699 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1700
c1ec34d1 1701 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
1702 of coredumps in reverse order.
1703
23eb30b3
ZJS
1704 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1705 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1706 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1707 additional informational message in its output.
1708
1709 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1710 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1711 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1712
d08ee7cb 1713 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 1714 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
1715 scripting languages such as Python.
1716
1717 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1718 namespacing is enabled for them.
1719
baf32786 1720 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
1721 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1722 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 1723 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
1724 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1725 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 1726
a2b53448
LP
1727 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1728 root key (KSK).
1729
a2b53448
LP
1730 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1731 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1732 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1733
d08ee7cb
LP
1734 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1735 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1736 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1737 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1738 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1739 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1740 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1741 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1742 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
1743 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1744 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1745 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1746 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1747 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1748 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1749 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1750 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1751 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1752 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1753 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1754 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1755 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1756 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1757 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1758 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1759 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1760 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1761 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1762 Тихонов
1763
1764 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 1765
54b24597 1766CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 1767
05f426d2
LP
1768 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1769 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1770 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1771 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1772 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1773 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1774
4ffe2479
ZJS
1775 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1776 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1777
6fa44114 1778 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
1779 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1780 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 1781
4a77c53d
ZJS
1782 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1783 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1784 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1785
e49e2c25 1786 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
1787 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1788 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1789 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1790
6fa44114 1791 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
1792 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1793
1794 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1795 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1796 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1797
4ffe2479
ZJS
1798 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1799 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1800 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1801 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1802 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1803 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1804 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
1805 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1806 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1807 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 1808
171ae2cd 1809 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 1810 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 1811 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1812
1813 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
1814 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1815 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1816 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1817
1818 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1819 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1820 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1821 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1822
1823 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1824 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1825
1826 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1827 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1828 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1829 and the support is provisional.
1830
171ae2cd
LP
1831 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1832 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1833 unit files in the file system).
1834
1835 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1836 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1837 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1838 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1839 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1840 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1841 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1842 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1843 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1844 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1845 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1846 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1847
1848 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1849 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1850 option.
1851
1852 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1853 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1854 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1855 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1856 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1857 else.
1858
171ae2cd
LP
1859 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1860 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1861 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1862 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1863 bootable on physical systems.
1864
4a77c53d 1865 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1866
1867 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1868 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1869 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1870 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1871 used.
1872
1873 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 1874 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
1875 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1876 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1877
05ecf467 1878 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 1879
d4c08299 1880 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
1881 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1882 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1883 of the container).
1884
171ae2cd 1885 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
1886 files from the specified location.
1887
1888 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1889 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1890 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1891 be active.
1892
1893 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1894 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1895 trackball devices.
1896
1897 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1898 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1899 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1900
1901 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
1902 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1903 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 1904
171ae2cd 1905 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
1906 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1907
171ae2cd 1908 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 1909 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
1910 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1911 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1912 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1913
1914 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1915 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1916 are automatically propagated to the container.
1917
1918 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
1919 from a single IP address can be limited with
1920 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1921 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 1922
4a77c53d
ZJS
1923 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1924 configuration.
1925
1926 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1927 drop-ins.
1928
4ffe2479
ZJS
1929 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1930 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1931 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1932 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1933 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1934 [Link] section of .link files.
1935
171ae2cd
LP
1936 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1937 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1938 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1939 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 1940
171ae2cd 1941 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
1942 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1943 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1944
171ae2cd 1945 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
1946 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1947 .network files.
1948
171ae2cd
LP
1949 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1950 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1951 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1952 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 1953
4a77c53d 1954 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 1955 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
1956 has been traditionally doing.
1957
1958 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1959 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1960 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1961 prevent any later plugins from running.
1962
76153ad4 1963 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 1964 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
1965 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1966 default of SplitMode=uid.
1967
4a77c53d
ZJS
1968 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1969 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1970 useful.
1971
4ffe2479
ZJS
1972 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1973 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1974 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1975 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1976 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1977 individual namespaces.
1978
171ae2cd
LP
1979 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1980 the output, as well as OS release information.
1981
1982 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1983
1984 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1985 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1986 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1987 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1988 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1989
1990 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
bc99dac5 1991 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
171ae2cd
LP
1992 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1993 severed.
1994
1995 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1996 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1997 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1998 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1999 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2000 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2001 information about exit statuses and results.
2002
4c37970d
LP
2003 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2004 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2005 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2006 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2007 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2008 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2009
2010 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2011
2012 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2013 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2014 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2015 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2016 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2017 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2018 entirely.
2019
2020 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2021 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2022 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2023
2024 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2025 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2026 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2027 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2028 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2029 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2030 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2031 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2032 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2033 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2034 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2035 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2036 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2037 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2038 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2039 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2040 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2041
2042 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2043 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2044 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2045 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2046
2047 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2048 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2049 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2050 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2051
2052 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2053 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2054 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2055 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2056 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2057 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2058 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2059 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2060 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2061 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2062 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2063 fragment entirely.)
2064
2065 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2066 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2067 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2068
2069 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2070 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2071 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2072 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2073
2074 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2075 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2076 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2077 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2078 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2079 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2080
2081 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2082 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2083
b4eed568
LP
2084 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2085 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2086
2087 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2088 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2089 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2090 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2091 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2092
07393b6e
LP
2093 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2094 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2095 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2096 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2097 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2098 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2099 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2100 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2101 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2102 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2103 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2104 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2105 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2106 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2107 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2108 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2109 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2110 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2111 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2112 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2113 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2114 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2115 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2116 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2117 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2118 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2119
54b24597 2120 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 2121
5cd118ba
MP
2122CHANGES WITH 231:
2123
fcd30826
LP
2124 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2125 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 2126 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
2127 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2128 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2129 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2130 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2131 independently.
2132
2133 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2134 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2135
2136 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2137 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2138 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2139 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 2140 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
2141 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2142 values.
2143
2144 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2145 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2146 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2147 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2148 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2149
2150 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2151 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2152 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2153 7:10am every day.
2154
2155 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2156 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2157 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2158 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2159 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2160 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2161 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2162 available for compatibility.
2163
2164 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2165 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2166 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2167 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2168 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2169 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2170
2171 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2172 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2173 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2174 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2175 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2176 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2177 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2178 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2179 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2180
2181 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2182 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2183 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2184 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
2185 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2186 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2187 desired options.
2188
fcd30826
LP
2189 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2190 cgroupsv2.
2191
2192 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2193 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2194 limited to subgroups of that group.
2195
2196 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2197 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2198 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 2199 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
2200 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2201 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2202 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2203 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2204
2205 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2206 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2207 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2208 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2209 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2210 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2211 own long-running services.
2212
2213 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2214 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2215 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2216 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2217
2218 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2219 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2220 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2221 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2222 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2223 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2224 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2225 primitives.
2226
2227 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2228 "terminate".
2229
2230 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2231 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2232
2233 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2234 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2235 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2236 --flush-caches".
2237
771de3f5 2238 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
2239 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2240 is shown.
2241
2242 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2243 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2244 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 2245 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
2246 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2247 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2248
2249 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2250 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2251 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2252 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2253 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2254 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2255 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2256 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2257 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2258 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2259 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2260 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2261 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2262 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2263 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2264 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2265 bus API instead.
2266
2267 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2268 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2269 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2270 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2271
2272 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2273 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2274 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2275 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2276
2277 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2278 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2279 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2280
2281 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2282 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2283
2284 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2285 interface configuration.
2286
2287 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2288 specifying the --force switch.
2289
2290 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2291 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2292 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2293
43a569a1
ZJS
2294 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2295 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2296 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2297 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 2298 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
2299 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2300 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2301 to be handled.
2302
2303 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2304 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2305
2306 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2307 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2308
2309 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2310 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2311 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2312
0f1da52b
LP
2313 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2314 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2315
2316 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2317 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2318 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2319 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2320 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2321 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
ead6bd25 2322 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
2323 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2324 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2325 library.
43a569a1 2326
fcd30826
LP
2327 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2328 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2329 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2330 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2331 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2332 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 2333 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
2334 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2335 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
f09eb768 2336 doc/HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 2337
4ffe2479
ZJS
2338 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2339 distribution's bugtracker.
2340
38b383d9
LP
2341 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2342 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2343 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2344 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2345 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2346 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2347 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2348 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2349 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2350 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2351 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2352 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2353 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2354 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2355 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2356 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
2357 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2358 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 2359 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 2360
38b383d9 2361 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 2362
46e40fab 2363CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 2364
61ecb465
LP
2365 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2366 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2367 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2368 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2369 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2370 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2371 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2372 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2373 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 2374 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
2375 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2376 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2377 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2378 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2379 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
2380 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2381 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2382 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2383 applications.)
61ecb465 2384
96515dbf 2385 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 2386 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 2387 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 2388
97e5530c
ZJS
2389 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2390 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 2391 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
2392 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2393 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2394 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2395 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
2396
2397 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2398 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2399 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 2400 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 2401 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 2402 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
2403
2404 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2405 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2406 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
2407 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2408 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2409 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 2410
95365a57 2411 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 2412 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 2413
e75690c3
ZJS
2414 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2415 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 2416 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
2417
2418 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2419
96515dbf 2420 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 2421 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
2422 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2423 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2424 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 2425
96515dbf
ZJS
2426 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2427 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2428 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 2429 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 2430
e40a326c
LP
2431 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2432 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
2433 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2434 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
2435 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2436 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 2437
e40a326c
LP
2438 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2439 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
2440 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2441
2442 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2443 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2444 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2445 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2446 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2447 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2448
2449 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2450 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2451 address.
2452
2453 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2454 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2455 should be emitted.
96515dbf 2456
e40a326c 2457 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
2458 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2459 supported.
2460
e40a326c
LP
2461 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2462 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2463 logging performance.
96515dbf 2464
e75690c3
ZJS
2465 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2466 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2467 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2468 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2469 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2470 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2471
2472 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2473 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2474 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2475 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2476
e40a326c
LP
2477 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2478 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
2479
2480 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2481 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2482 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2483
e75690c3 2484 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
2485
2486 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2487 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
2488 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2489 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 2490
e75690c3
ZJS
2491 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2492 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2493 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2494 refuse to operate on such files.
2495
e40a326c
LP
2496 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2497 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2498 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2499
2500 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2501 just hidden container images.
2502
e40a326c
LP
2503 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2504 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2505
e40a326c
LP
2506 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2507 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2508 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2509 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
2510 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2511 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2512 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2513 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2514 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2515 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2516 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 2517
25b0e6cb
LP
2518 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2519 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2520 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2521 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2522 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2523 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2524 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2525 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2526 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2527 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2528 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2529 terminates.
2530
e40a326c 2531 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
2532 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2533 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2534 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 2535
030bd839 2536 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
2537 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2538 rate of the socket unit.
2539
2540 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2541 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2542 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2543 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2544 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2545
999a43f8
LP
2546 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2547 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2548 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 2549 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
2550 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2551 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2552 with this.
2553
e75690c3
ZJS
2554 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2555 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
2556
2557 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2558 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2559
2560 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2561 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2562 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2563 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2564 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2565
2566 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2567 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2568 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2569
4f9020fa
DR
2570 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2571 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2572 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2573 target is now included in early userspace.
2574
e75690c3
ZJS
2575 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2576 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2577 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2578 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2579 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2580 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2581 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2582 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
2583 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2584 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
2585 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2586 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2587 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
2588 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2589 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2590 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
2591 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2592 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2593 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2594 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2595 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2596 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
2597 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2598 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2599 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2600 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 2601
46e40fab 2602 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 2603
61f32bff
MP
2604CHANGES WITH 229:
2605
d5f8b295
LP
2606 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2607 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2608 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
2609 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2610 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2611 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2612 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2613 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2614 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2615 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2616 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2617 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2618 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
2619
2620 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
2621 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2622 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2623 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
2624
2625 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2626 devices.
2627
a7c723c0
LP
2628 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2629 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2630 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2631 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2632 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2633 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2634 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2635 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2636 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2637 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2638 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2639 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2640 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2641 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2642 this limit.
2643
2644 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2645 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2646 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2647 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2648 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2649 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2650 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2651 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2652
2653 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2654 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2655 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2656 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2657 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2658 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2659 and group at package installation time.
2660
d5f8b295
LP
2661 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2662 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2663 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2664 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2665 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2666
8968aea0
MP
2667 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2668 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
2669 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2670 supports it.
2671
2672 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2673 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2674
2675 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2676 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2677 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2678 file is already initialized.
2679
2680 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2681 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
2682 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2683 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2684 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2685 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2686 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2687 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
2688 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2689
2690 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2691 working directory for the process started in the container.
2692
ed5f8840
ZJS
2693 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2694 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2695 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2696 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2697 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
2698
2699 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2700 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2701 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2702
2703 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2704 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2705 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2706 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2707
2708 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
2709 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2710 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2711 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2712 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
2713
2714 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
2715 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2716 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2717 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
2718
2719 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2720 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2721 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
2722 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2723 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2724 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2725 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2726 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 2727 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
2728 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2729 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2730 by PID 1.
2731
50f48ad3
DM
2732 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2733 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2734 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2735 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2736 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2737 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2738 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2739 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2740
2741 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2742
d5f8b295 2743 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 2744 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
2745 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2746
8968aea0
MP
2747 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2748 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2749 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
2750 recent kernels.
2751
2752 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2753 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2754
8968aea0 2755 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
2756 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2757 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2758 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2759 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2760 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2761 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2762 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2763 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2764 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 2765 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
2766 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2767 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
2768
2769 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
2770 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2771 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2772 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
2773
2774 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2775
2776 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2777 sockets.
2778
2779 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2780
2781 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2782 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2783 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2784 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2785 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2786 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2787
2788 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2789 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2790 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2791
2792 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2793 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
2794 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2795 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
2796
2797 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 2798
dd95b381
LP
2799 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2800 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2801 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2802 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2803 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2804 maintain compatibility.
2805
3545ab35
LP
2806 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2807 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2808 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2809 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2810 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2811 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2812 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2813 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2814 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2815 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2816 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2817 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2818 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2819 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2820 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2821 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2822 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2823 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2824 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2825
ccddd104 2826 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 2827
a11c7ea5
LP
2828CHANGES WITH 228:
2829
a11c7ea5
LP
2830 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2831 files are now also available as properties to set when
2832 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2833 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2834 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2835 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2836 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2837 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2838 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2839
28c85daf
LP
2840 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2841 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2842 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 2843
f1f8a5a5
LP
2844 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2845 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2846 created transiently.
2847
a11c7ea5
LP
2848 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2849 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2850 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2851 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2852 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 2853 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
2854 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2855 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2856
28c85daf
LP
2857 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2858 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2859 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2860
a11c7ea5
LP
2861 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2862 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2863 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2864 enabled.
2865
f1f8a5a5
LP
2866 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2867 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2868 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2869 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2870 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2871 subvolumes.
2872
a11c7ea5
LP
2873 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2874 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2875
28c85daf 2876 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
2877 individual indexes.
2878
28c85daf
LP
2879 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2880 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2881 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2882 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2883 suffixes now.
2884
f1f8a5a5
LP
2885 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2886 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2887 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2888 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2889 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2890 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2891 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2892 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2893 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2894 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2895 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2896 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2897 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2898 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2899 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2900 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2901 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2902 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2903 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2904 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2905 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2906
28c85daf
LP
2907 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2908 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2909 links between the host and the container.
2910
2911 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2912 added that allows importing select environment variables
2913 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2914 the service.
2915
ddb4b0d3 2916 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 2917 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
2918 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2919 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2920 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2921 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2922 than until they first elapse.
2923
a11c7ea5 2924 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
2925 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2926 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
2927 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2928 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2929 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2930 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2931 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2932
28c85daf
LP
2933 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2934 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2935 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2936 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2937 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2938 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2939 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 2940 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
2941 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2942 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 2943
28c85daf
LP
2944 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2945 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2946 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 2947 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
2948 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2949 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2950 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2951 software you package still references it, as this is a
2952 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2953 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2954
2955 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 2956
d5bd92bb
LP
2957 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2958 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2959
a11c7ea5
LP
2960 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2961 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2962 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2963
b9e2f7eb
LP
2964 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2965 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2966 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2967 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2968 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2969 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2970 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2971 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2972 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2973 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2974 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2975 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2976 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2977 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2978 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2979 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2980
2981 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2982 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2983 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2984 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2985 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2986 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2987 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2988 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2989 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2990 surprises.
2991
28c85daf
LP
2992 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2993 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2994 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2995 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2996 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2997 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2998 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2999 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3000 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3001 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3002 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 3003 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
3004 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3005 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3006 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3007 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3008 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3009 of PID 1 is the root user).
3010
3011 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3012 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3013 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
3014 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3015 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3016 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3017 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3018 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3019 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3020 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3021 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3022 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3023 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3024 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3025 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 3026
ccddd104 3027 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 3028
c97e586d
DM
3029CHANGES WITH 227:
3030
3031 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3032 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3033 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3034
3035 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3036 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3037 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3038 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3039 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3040 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3041
d046fb93
LP
3042 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3043 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
3044 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3045 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 3046 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
3047
3048 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
3049 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3050 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3051 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3052 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3053 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
3054
3055 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 3056 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
3057 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3058 automatically.
3059
21d86c61
DM
3060 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3061 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3062 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3063
3064 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3065 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3066 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3067 for disk IO.
3068
3069 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3070 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3071 removed.
3072
d046fb93
LP
3073 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3074 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3075 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3076 configured in User=.
21d86c61 3077
fe08a30b
LP
3078 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3079 directory of the selected user by default.
3080
21d86c61 3081 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
3082 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3083 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3084 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3085 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3086 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3087 compat reasons.
21d86c61 3088
fe08a30b 3089 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 3090 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
3091 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3092 units.
3093
3094 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3095 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3096 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3097 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3098 level.
3099
3100 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3101 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3102 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3103 namespaces work correctly.
3104
3105 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3106 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3107 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 3108 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
3109 activation.
3110
3111 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3112 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3113 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3114 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3115 system instance in a container.
3116
3117 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3118 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3119 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3120 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3121 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3122 connections.
3123
3124 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3125 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3126
3127 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3128 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3129 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3130 processes attached, or similar.
3131
bdba9227
DM
3132 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3133 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3134 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3135
3136 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3137 specifiers like %i or %f.
3138
ce830873 3139 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
3140 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3141 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3142 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3143
bdba9227
DM
3144 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3145 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 3146 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
3147 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3148 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3149 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 3150
d046fb93
LP
3151 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3152
0053598f 3153 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 3154 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
3155
3156 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3157 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3158
3159 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 3160 .network files.
fe08a30b 3161
bdba9227
DM
3162 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3163 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3164 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3165 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3166 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3167 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3168 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3169 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3170 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3171 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3172 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3173 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3174 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3175 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3176 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
3177
3178 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3179 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3180 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3181 next to the image file.
c97e586d 3182
91d0d699
LP
3183 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3184 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3185 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3186 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3187
3188 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3189 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3190 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3191 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3192 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3193 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3194
d046fb93
LP
3195 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3196 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3197 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3198 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 3199 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
3200 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3201 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3202 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3203 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3204 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3205 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 3206
bdba9227
DM
3207 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3208 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 3209
efce0ffe 3210 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 3211
61e6771c
LP
3212 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3213 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3214 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3215 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3216 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3217 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3218 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3219 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3220 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3221 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3222 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3223 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3224 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3225 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3226 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3227 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3228 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3229 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3230
ccddd104 3231 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 3232
c9912c5e
DH
3233CHANGES WITH 226:
3234
5e8d4254
LP
3235 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3236 new features:
3237
3238 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3239 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3240 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3241 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3242 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3243 is any) is propagated.
3244
3245 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3246 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3247 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3248 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3249 information is enabled between host and containers by
3250 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3251 to what the host has set.
3252
3253 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3254 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3255
3256 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3257 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3258 information back, even if the server loses state.
3259
3260 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3261 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3262 PoolSize=.
3263
3264 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3265 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3266 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3267 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3268
3269 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3270 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3271 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3272 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3273 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3274
3275 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3276 for virtio devices.
3277
3278 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3279 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3280 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3281 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3282 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3283 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3284 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3285 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 3286 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
3287 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3288 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3289 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3290 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3291 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3292 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3293 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3294 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3295 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3296 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3297 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3298 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3299 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3300 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3301 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3302 grants them.
3303
3304 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3305 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3306 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3307 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3308 group tree.
3309
3310 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3311 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3312 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3313 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3314 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3315 work correctly in containers now.
3316
3317 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3318 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3319
c626bf1d
DM
3320 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3321 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
3322 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3323 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3324 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3325
3326 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3327 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3328 signal events.
3329
3330 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
3331 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
3332 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
3333 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
3334 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 3335
47f5a38c
LP
3336 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3337 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3338 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3339 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3340 nspawn command line.
3341
2f77decc
LP
3342 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3343 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3344 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3345 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3346 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3347 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3348 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 3349 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 3350
ccddd104 3351 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 3352
ec5249a2
DM
3353CHANGES WITH 225:
3354
5e8d4254
LP
3355 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3356 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3357 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3358 shell directly without prompting for username or
3359 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3360 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3361 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3362 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3363 the originating session.
3364
3365 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3366 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3367
3368 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
3369 longer enforced with this release. The previous
3370 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
3371 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
3372 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
3373 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
3374 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
3375 this release.
3376
3377 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3378 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3379 messages.
3380
3381 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3382 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3383 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3384
3385 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3386 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3387
3388 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3389 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3390 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3391 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3392 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3393 posteriori.
3394
3395 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3396 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3397
3398 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3399 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3400 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3401 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3402 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3403 "lastlog" tools.
3404
3405 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3406 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3407 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3408 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3409 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3410
3411 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3412 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3413 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3414 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3415 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3416 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3417 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3418 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3419 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3420 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3421 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3422 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 3423
ccddd104 3424 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 3425
11811e85
DH
3426CHANGES WITH 224:
3427
10fa421c
DH
3428 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3429 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3430
5e8d4254
LP
3431 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3432 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3433 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 3434
11811e85
DH
3435 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3436 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3437 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3438
ccddd104 3439 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 3440
e57eaef8
DH
3441CHANGES WITH 223:
3442
3443 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3444 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3445 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3446 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3447
01608bc8 3448 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
3449 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3450
3451 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3452 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3453
931618d0
DM
3454 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
3455
3456 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 3457 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
3458 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
3459
3460 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3461 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3462 decapsulated packet.
3463
3464 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3465 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3466 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3467 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3468 netlink attribute.
3469
3470 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3471 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3472 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3473 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3474
3475 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3476 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3477 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 3478
f5f113f6
DH
3479 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3480 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3481
e57eaef8 3482 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 3483 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
3484 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3485
3486 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3487 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3488 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3489 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3490 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3491 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3492
3493 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
3494 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3495 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3496 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3497 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3498 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3499 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3500 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3501 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3502 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3503
ccddd104 3504 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 3505
0db83ad7 3506CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 3507
861b02eb
KS
3508 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3509 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3510 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3511
3512 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3513 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
3514
3515 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3516 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3517 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3518 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3519 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3520
5541c889
DH
3521 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3522 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3523 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3524
9b361114
DM
3525 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3526 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3527 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3528 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3529 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3530
3531 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3532
0db83ad7
DH
3533 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3534 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3535 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3536 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
3537 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3538 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
3539 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3540 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
3541 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3542 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 3543
ccddd104 3544 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 3545
0f0467e6
MP
3546CHANGES WITH 221:
3547
470e72d4 3548 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 3549 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
3550 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3551 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3552 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3553 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3554 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 3555 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
3556 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3557 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 3558 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 3559
470e72d4
LP
3560 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3561 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3562 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 3563 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
3564 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3565 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3566 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3567 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 3568 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
3569 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3570 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 3571
470e72d4
LP
3572 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3573 2.26.
3574
3575 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 3576 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
3577 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3578 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3579 in README for details.
3580
3581 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3582 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3583 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3584 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3585 unit.
3586
3587 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3588 into man pages.
3589
3590 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3591 external project.
3592
3593 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 3594 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
3595
3596 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3597 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3598 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3599 state.
3600
3601 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3602 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3603 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3604
3605 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3606 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3607 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3608 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3609 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3610 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3611 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3612 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3613 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3614 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3615 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
3616 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3617 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3618 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3619 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3620 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 3621
ccddd104 3622 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 3623
481a0aa2
LP
3624CHANGES WITH 220:
3625
f7a73a25
DH
3626 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3627 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3628 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3629 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3630 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3631 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3632 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 3633 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 3634
481a0aa2
LP
3635 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3636 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3637 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3638 service consumed). This value is only available if
3639 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3640 in the "systemctl status" output.
3641
3642 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3643 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 3644 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
3645 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3646 previously was already the default behaviour).
3647
3648 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3649 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3650 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3651
3652 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3653 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 3654 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
3655 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3656
3657 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3658 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3659 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3660 journalling file systems that support external journal
3661 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3662 systems to be mounted.
3663
3664 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3665 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3666 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3667 stable release this should not be problematic.
3668
3669 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3670 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3671 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3672 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3673 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3674
3675 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3676 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3677 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3678 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3679 network switches.
3680
3681 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3682 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3683
3684 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3685 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3686 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3687
3688 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3689
1579dd2c
LP
3690 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3691 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3692 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3693 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3694 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3695 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3696 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3697 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3698 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3699 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3700 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3701 been fixed in v220.
3702
481a0aa2
LP
3703 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3704 systemd-networkd.
3705
3706 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3707 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 3708 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
3709 containers started from the command line.
3710
3711 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3712 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3713
3714 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3715 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3716 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3717 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3718
3719 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3720 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3721 when shutting down.
3722
3723 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3724 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3725 overlayfs support.
3726
3727 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3728 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3729 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3730 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3731 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3732 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3733 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3734
3735 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3736 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3737 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3738
3739 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3740 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3741 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3742 of v1 as before).
3743
3744 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3745 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3746
3747 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
3748 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
3749 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
3750 their own sessions without further privileges or
3751 authorization.
3752
3753 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3754 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3755 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3756 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3757 accessible via a bus interface.
3758
3759 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3760 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3761 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3762 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3763 to cover this functionality.
3764
3765 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 3766 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
3767 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3768 disabled/masked also stopped.
3769
3770 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
3771 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3772 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
3773
3774 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3775 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3776 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3777 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3778 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 3779 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
3780 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3781 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3782 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3783
3784 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3785 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3786 system.
3787
3788 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3789 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3790 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3791 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3792 device symlinks.
3793
3794 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3795 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3796 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3797 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3798
3799 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3800 stick devices has been added.
3801
3802 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3803 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3804
3805 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3806 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3807 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3808 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3809 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3810
3811 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3812 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3813 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3814
3815 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3816 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3817 Debian.
3818
3819 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3820 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3821 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3822
3823 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3824 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3825 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3826 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3827 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3828 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3829 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3830 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3831 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3832 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3833 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3834 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3835 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3836 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3837 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3838 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3839 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3840 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3841 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3842 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3843 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3844 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3845 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3846 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3847 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3848 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3849 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3850
ccddd104 3851 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 3852
615aaf41
LP
3853CHANGES WITH 219:
3854
615aaf41
LP
3855 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3856 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3857 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3858 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3859 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3860 interface with and update the database.
3861
3862 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3863 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3864 before bytewise copying is done.
3865
3866 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3867 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3868 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3869 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3870 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3871 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3872 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3873 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3874 available on btrfs file systems.
3875
3876 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3877 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 3878 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
3879 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3880 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3881 systems.
3882
3883 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3884 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3885 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3886 mount point remains.
3887
3888 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3889 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3890 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3891 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3892 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3893 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3894 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3895 are disabled.
3896
3897 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3898 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3899 container to the host or vice versa.
3900
3901 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3902 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3903 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3904
3905 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3906 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3907
3908 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3909 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3910 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3911 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3912 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3913 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3914 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3915 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3916 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 3917 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
3918 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3919 make the functionality of importd available to the
3920 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3921 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3922 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3923 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3924 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3925 only fully supported on btrfs.
3926
3927 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3928 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3929 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3930 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3931 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3932 information about images.
3933
3934 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3935 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 3936 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
3937 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3938 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3939 legacy file systems).
3940
3941 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3942 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3943 shown in networkctl output.
3944
3945 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3946 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3947 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3948 processes as system services while interactively
3949 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3950 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3951 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3952 full login session, the difference being that the former
3953 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3954 setup.
3955
3956 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3957 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3958 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3959 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3960 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3961
3962 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3963 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3964 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3965 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3966 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3967 via qemu/kvm.
3968
3969 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3970 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3971 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3972 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3973 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3974 disk images, too.
3975
3976 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3977 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3978 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3979 integrate with that.
3980
3981 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3982 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3983 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3984 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3985
3986 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3987 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3988 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3989
3990 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3991 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3992 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3993 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3994 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3995 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3996 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3997 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3998 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3999 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4000
4001 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4002 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4003 files.
4004
4005 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 4006 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 4007 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 4008 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
4009 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4010 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4011 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4012 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4013 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4014 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4015 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4016 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4017 explicitly turned on.
4018
4019 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4020 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4021 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4022 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4023
4024 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4025 supported.
4026
4027 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4028 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4029 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4030 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4031 associated with a virtual machine or container
4032 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4033 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4034 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4035 output however.)
4036
4037 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4038 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4039 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4040 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4041 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4042 caller's session/user.
4043
4044 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4045 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4046 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4047 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4048 user services.
4049
4050 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4051 same way as unit files.
4052
4053 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4054 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4055 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4056 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4057 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4058 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4059 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4060 the host.
4061
4062 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4063 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4064 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4065 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4066 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4067 host.
4068
dd2fd155 4069 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
4070 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4071 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4072 updated to make use of it too by default.
4073
4074 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4075 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4076 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4077 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4078
4079 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4080 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4081 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4082 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4083 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4084 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4085 modification.
4086
4087 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4088 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4089 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 4090 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
4091 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4092 information about Touchpad types.
4093
4094 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4095 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4096
4097 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4098 Policy link field.
4099
4100 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4101 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4102
4103 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4104 ACLs on files.
4105
4106 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4107 tmpfs, automatically.
4108
4109 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4110 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4111 status" output, if available.
4112
4113 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4114 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4115 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4116 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4117 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4118 run on next reboot.
4119
4120 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4121 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4122 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4123 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4124 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4125 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4126 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4127
4128 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4129 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4130 after a configurable timeout.
4131
4132 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4133 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4134 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4135 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4136 it non-idle.
4137
4138 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4139 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4140
4141 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4142 each .network interface in networkd.
4143
4144 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4145 in .network files.
4146
4147 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4148 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4149
11ea2781 4150 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
4151 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4152 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4153 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4154 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4155 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4156 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4157 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4158 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4159 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4160 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4161 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4162 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4163 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4164 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
4165 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4166 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4167 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4168 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4169 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4170 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4171 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
4172 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4173 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 4174
ccddd104 4175 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 4176
d4f5a1f4
DH
4177CHANGES WITH 218:
4178
f9e00a9f
LP
4179 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4180 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4181 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 4182 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
4183
4184 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 4185 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
4186 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4187 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4188 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4189
4190 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4191
4192 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 4193 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
4194 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4195 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4196 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4197 modified configuration after editing.
4198
4199 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4200 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4201 system preset files.
4202
4203 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4204 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4205 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4206 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4207 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4208 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4209 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4210 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4211 other contexts.
4212
4213 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4214 inhibitors.
4215
122676c9 4216 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 4217 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
4218 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4219 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4220 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
4221
4222 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4223 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4224 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4225 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4226 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 4227 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
4228 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4229 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4230 parallel to journald.
4231
4232 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4233 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4234 available.
4235
4236 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4237 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 4238 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
4239 or are not older than the specified time.
4240
4241 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4242 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4243 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4244 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4245
4246 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4247 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4248 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4249 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4250 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4251 communication.
4252
4253 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4254 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4255 services.
4256
4257 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4258 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4259 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4260 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4261 the new "busctl tree" command.
4262
4263 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4264 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4265 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4266 friendly way.
4267
4268 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4269 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4270 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4271 race-ful way.
4272
4273 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4274 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 4275 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
4276 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4277 --link-journal=try-guest.
4278
4279 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4280 stable MAC addresses.
4281
4282 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4283 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4284 the respective unit shall use.
4285
d4f5a1f4
DH
4286 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4287 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4288 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4289 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4290
b938cb90 4291 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 4292 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 4293 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
4294 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4295 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4296 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4297
17c29493 4298 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
4299 details see:
4300
4301 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4302
4303 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4304 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
4305 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4306 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4307 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4308 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4309 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4310 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4311 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4312 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4313 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4314 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4315
f9e00a9f
LP
4316 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4317 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4318 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4319 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4320 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4321
4322 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4323 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4324 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4325 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4326 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4327 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4328 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4329 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4330
4331 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 4332 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
4333 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4334 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4335 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4336 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4337 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4338 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4339 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4340 interface.
4341
4342 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4343 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4344 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4345 luks.name= argument.
4346
4347 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4348 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4349 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4350 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4351 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4352 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4353
4354 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4355 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4356 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4357
13e92f39
LP
4358 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4359 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4360 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4361 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4362 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4363 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4364 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4365 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4366 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4367 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4368 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
4369 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4370 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4371 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4372 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4373 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4374 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4375 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 4376
ccddd104 4377 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 4378
b62a309a
ZJS
4379CHANGES WITH 217:
4380
78b6b7ce
LP
4381 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4382 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4383 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4384 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 4385
a65b8245
ZJS
4386 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4387 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4388 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4389 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 4390
b62a309a
ZJS
4391 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4392 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
4393 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4394 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 4395 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 4396 connection.
b62a309a 4397
78b6b7ce
LP
4398 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4399 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
4400
4401 * User units are now loaded also from
4402 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4403 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4404 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4405
4ffd29fd
LP
4406 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4407 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4408 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4409 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4410 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4411 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4412 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4413 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4414 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4415 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4416 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4417 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4418 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4419 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4420 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4421 question.
4422
b62a309a
ZJS
4423 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4424 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4425 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4426
4427 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4428 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4429 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 4430 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 4431
78b6b7ce
LP
4432 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4433 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4434 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 4435 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
4436
4437 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4438 systemd-networkd.
4439
ba8df74b 4440 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 4441 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
4442 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4443
4444 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4445 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4446
4447 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4448 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4449 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4450
78b6b7ce 4451 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 4452
4bdc60cb 4453 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 4454 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 4455 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
4456 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4457 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4458 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 4459
c4ac9900 4460 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
4461 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4462 respected.
4463
4464 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4465 virtualization.
4466
4467 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 4468 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
4469 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4470 on.
b62a309a 4471
e6c253e3
MS
4472 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4473
4474 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4475
ba8df74b
KS
4476 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4477 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
4478 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4479 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4480 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4481 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4482 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4483
4bdc60cb
LP
4484 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4485 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4486 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4487 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4488 from the service's view entirely.
4489
4490 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4491 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4492
4493 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4494 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4495 session.
4496
4497 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4498 legacy-free systems.
4499
78b6b7ce
LP
4500 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4501 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4502 easily.
4503
4504 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4505 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4506 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4507 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4508 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4509 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4510 option.
4511
4512 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 4513 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
4514 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4515 /usr.
4516
f6d1de85 4517 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
4518 services, not only the main process.
4519
4520 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4521 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4522 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4523 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4524 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4525
3769415e
TT
4526 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4527 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4528 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4529 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4530 directly from now on, again.
4531
fae9332b
LP
4532 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
4533 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
4534 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
4535 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 4536 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
4537 unit file enabling and disabling.
4538
cfa1571b
LP
4539 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4540 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4541 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4542 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4543 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4544 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4545 unnecessary or unlikely.
4546
7e63dd10
LP
4547 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4548 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 4549 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
4550 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4551
d4474c41
TG
4552 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4553 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4554 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4555 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4556 overwritten at runtime.
4557
3b187c5c
LP
4558 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4559 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4560 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4561 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4562 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4563 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4564 segmentation fault.
4565
4b08dd87
LP
4566 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4567 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4568 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4569 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4570 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4571 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4572 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4573 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4574 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4575 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4576 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4577 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4578 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4579 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4580 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4581 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4582 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4583 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4584 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4585 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4586 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 4587 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 4588
ccddd104 4589 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 4590
b72ddf0f 4591CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
4592
4593 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 4594 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
4595 implementations should add a
4596
b72ddf0f 4597 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
4598
4599 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4600 default functionality.
4601
4602 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4603 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4604 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4605 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4606 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4607 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4608 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4609 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4610 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4611 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4612 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4613 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4614 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4615
4616 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 4617 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
4618 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
4619 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
4620 expected to be added eventually, too.
4621
4622 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4623 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4624 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4625 new command to update these fields.
4626
4627 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4628 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4629 have been discovered via DHCP.
4630
4631 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4632 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
4633 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4634 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
4635 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4636 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4637 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4638 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 4639 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
4640 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4641 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4642 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 4643 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
4644 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4645 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4646 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4647 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4648 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4649 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4650 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4651
4652 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4653 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4654 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4655
4656 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4657 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4658 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 4659 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
4660 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4661 control utility for networkd.
4662
4663 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4664 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 4665 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
4666 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4667 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4668 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4669 (NoDelay=).
4670
a1a4a25e 4671 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
4672 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4673
4674 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 4675 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
4676 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4677 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4678 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4679 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4680
4681 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4682 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4683 of the link.
4684
4685 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4686 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4687
4688 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4689 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4690
4691 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
4692 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4693 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4694 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
4695
4696 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4697 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4698 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4699 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4700 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4701 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4702 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4703 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4704
4705 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4706 validation of unit files.
4707
4708 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4709 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4710 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4711 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4712 address may now be configured.
4713
26568403
TG
4714 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4715 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4716 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4717 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4718
4719 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4720 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4721
4722 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4723 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4724 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4725 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4726
b2ca0d63
LP
4727 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4728 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4729 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4730 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4731 implementation.
4732
4733 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4734 journal data to a remote system running
4735 systemd-journal-remote.
4736
4737 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4738 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4739 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4740 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4741 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 4742 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
4743 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4744 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4745 version, you have to turn this option on again
4746 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4747
4748 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4749 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4750 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4751
4752 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4753 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4754
4755 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4756 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4757
4758 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4759 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4760 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4761
4762 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4763 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 4764 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
4765 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4766 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4767
01da80b1
LP
4768 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4769
4770 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4771
4772 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4773 when primary addresses are removed.
4774
b2ca0d63
LP
4775 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4776 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4777 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4778 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4779 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4780 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4781 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4782 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4783 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4784 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4785 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4786 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4787 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4788 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4789 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4790
ccddd104 4791 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 4792
3dff3e00 4793CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
4794
4795 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4796 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4797 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4798 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4799 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4800 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4801 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4802 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4803 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4804 require.
4805
4806 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4807 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4808
4809 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4810 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4811 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4812 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4813 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4814 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4815 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4816
4817 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4818 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4819 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4820 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4821 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4822 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4823 update or reset should use this condition and order
4824 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4825 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4826 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4827 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4828 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4829 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4830 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 4831 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
4832 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4833
4834 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4835
4836 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4837 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4838 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
4839 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4840
24a2bf4c
LP
4841 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4842 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4843 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4844 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4845 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4846 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4847 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
4848 .network files using settings of this section should be
4849 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4850 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 4851
c7435cc9
LP
4852 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4853 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
4854
4855 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4856 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4857 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4858 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4859 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4860 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4861 of nspawn instances.
4862
4863 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4864 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4865 added.
4866
4867 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4868 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4869 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4870 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4871 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4872 configuration stored in /etc.
4873
4874 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4875 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4876 parsing of unknown mount options.
4877
4878 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4879 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4880 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 4881 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
4882 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4883 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4884 pre-existing files of different types.
4885
4886 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4887 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 4888 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
4889 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4890 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4891 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4892 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4893
4894 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4895 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4896 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4897 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4898 shall be executed.
4899
4900 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4901 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 4902 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
4903
4904 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4905 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4906 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4907 reset.
4908
4909 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4910 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4911
4912 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4913 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4914 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4915
4916 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4917 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4918 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4919
4920 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4921 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4922 access to this group.
4923
4924 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4925 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4926 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4927 to the journal.
4928
4929 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4930 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4931 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4932 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4933 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4934 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4935
4936 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4937 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4938 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4939 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4940 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4941 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4942 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4943 the old name to the new name.
4944
4945 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 4946 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
4947 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4948
4949 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4950 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4951 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4952 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4953 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4954 "systemd-debug-generator".
4955
4956 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4957 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4958 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4959 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4960 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4961 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4962 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
4963 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4964 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
4965 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4966 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4967
4968 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4969 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4970 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
4971 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4972 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4973 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
4974
4975 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4976 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4977 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4978 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4979 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4980
4981 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4982 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4983 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4984 couple of drop-in directories.
4985
3058e017
TLSC
4986 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4987 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4988 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4989 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4990 for dev_port.
4991
c7435cc9
LP
4992 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4993 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4994 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4995 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4996
4997 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4998 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4999 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5000 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5001 Restart= setting.
5002
5003 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5004 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5005 directly connect to a specific container on the
5006 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5007 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5008 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5009 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5010 containers is a privileged operation.
5011
5012 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5013 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5014 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5015 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5016 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5017 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5018 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5019 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5020 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5021 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5022 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5023 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5024
ccddd104 5025 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 5026
4196a3ea
KS
5027CHANGES WITH 214:
5028
5029 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5030 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5031 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5032 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5033 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5034 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5035 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5036 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5037 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 5038 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 5039 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 5040 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 5041 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
5042 devices are excluded from this logic.
5043
04e91da2
LP
5044 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5045 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5046 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5047 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5048 change has been released.
5049
5050 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 5051 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
5052 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5053
ce830873 5054 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
5055 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5056 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 5057 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
5058
5059 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5060 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5061 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5062 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5063
a8eaaee7 5064 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5065 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5066
a8eaaee7 5067 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5068 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5069
5070 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 5071 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
5072 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5073
5074 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5075 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 5076 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
5077 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5078 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 5079 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 5080
cd14eda3 5081 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
5082 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5083 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 5084
ef392da6 5085 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 5086 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
5087 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5088 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5089 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5090 modifications of user data or system files from
5091 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5092 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5093
5094 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5095 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5096 and FIFOs in the file system.
5097
8d0e0ddd 5098 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
5099 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5100 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5101
5102 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5103 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 5104 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 5105 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
5106 the socket itself.
5107
5108 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5109 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5110 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5111 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5112 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5113 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5114 symlinks, and nothing else.
5115
5116 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5117 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5118 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5119 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5120 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5121 process (for example, the parent process). The
5122 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5123 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5124 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5125 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5126 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5127 messages to services when the originating process already
5128 vanished.
5129
5130 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 5131 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
5132 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5133 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5134 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5135 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5136 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5137 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5138 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5139 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5140 all long-running services.
5141
5142 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5143 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5144 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5145 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5146 service.
5147
5148 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5149 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5150 applied to all submounts, too.
5151
5152 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5153
5154 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5155 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5156 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5157 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5158 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5159 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5160 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5161
cc98b302 5162 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
5163 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5164 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 5165 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
5166 (domU) domains.
5167
5168 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5169 files or entire directories.
5170
5171 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
5172 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5173 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5174 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
5175 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5176
5177 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5178 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5179 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5180 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
5181 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5182 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 5183 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 5184 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
5185 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5186 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5187 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5188 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5189
5190 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5191 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5192 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5193 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5194
5195 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5196 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 5197 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 5198 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
5199 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5200 non-directories.
5201
5202 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5203 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5204 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5205
4c0d13bd
LP
5206 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5207 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5208 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5209 this group.
5210
dc1d6c02
LP
5211 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5212 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5213 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5214 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5215 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5216 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5217 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5218
ccddd104 5219 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 5220
6936cd89
LP
5221CHANGES WITH 213:
5222
5223 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 5224 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 5225 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 5226 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 5227 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
5228 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5229 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 5230 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 5231 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
5232 client should be more than appropriate for most
5233 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5234 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5235 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5236 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5237 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 5238 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 5239 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 5240 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 5241 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 5242 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 5243 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 5244
69beda1f
KS
5245 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5246 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
5247 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5248 part of a different namespace.
5249
5250 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5251 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
5252 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5253 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
5254
5255 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5256 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 5257 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
5258
5259 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5260 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 5261 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 5262 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
5263 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5264 restart the service in question.
5265
5266 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
5267 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5268 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5269 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5270 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
5271
5272 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5273 graphs it generates.
5274
5275 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5276 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5277 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5278 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5279 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5280
5281 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5282
5283 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5284 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5285 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5286 what it was on SysV systems.
5287
5288 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5289 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5290
5291 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5292 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5293 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5294 files.
5295
5296 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5297 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5298 to show these addresses in its output.
5299
5300 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5301 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5302 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5303 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5304 preferred over a text one.
5305
5306 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5307 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5308 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5309 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5310 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5311 mDNS cache.
5312
68dd0956
TG
5313 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5314 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5315 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5316 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5317 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5318
6936cd89 5319 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 5320 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 5321 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 5322 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
5323 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5324
8e7acf67
LP
5325 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5326 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5327 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 5328 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
5329 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5330 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5331 overrides any other settings.
5332
5333 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
5334 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5335 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5336 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5337 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5338 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5339 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5340 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5341 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
5342 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5343 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5344 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5345 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5346 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5347 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5348 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
5349 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5350
ccddd104 5351 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 5352
51c61cda
LP
5353CHANGES WITH 212:
5354
5355 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5356 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5357 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5358 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5359 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5360 by accident.
5361
5362 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5363 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5364 registered with machined.
5365
5366 * sd-login gained new calls
5367 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5368 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 5369 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
5370 counterparts.
5371
5372 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5373 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5374 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5375 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5376 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5377 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5378 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5379 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5380 once.
5381
5382 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5383 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5384 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5385
5386 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5387 units on all local containers, when used with the
5388 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5389 executed when no parameters are specified).
5390
5391 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5392 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5393 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5394 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5395
5396 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 5397 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
5398 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5399 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5400 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5401 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5402
5403 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5404 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5405 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5406 of the container.
5407
5408 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5409 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5410 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5411 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5412 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
5413 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5414 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5415 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
5416
5417 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5418 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5419 instead of /.
5420
5421 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5422 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5423 emergency messages now.
5424
5425 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5426 journal log messages across the network.
5427
5428 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5429 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5430 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5431 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5432 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5433 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5434 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5435
5436 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5437 down a local OS container.
5438
5439 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5440 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5441 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5442
5443 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5444 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5445 this is appropriate.
5446
5447 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 5448 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
5449 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5450
5451 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5452 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5453 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5454 for debugging purposes.
5455
5456 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5457 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5458 in seconds.
5459
5460 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5461 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5462 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5463 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5464 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5465 like on traditional inetd.
5466
5467 * A new system.conf configuration option
5468 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5469 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5470
b8bde116 5471 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5472 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5473 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5474 do these days).
5475
b8bde116 5476 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5477 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5478 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5479 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
5480 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5481 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
5482
5483 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5484 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5485 it will be triggered.
5486
5487 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5488 addresses to its local interfaces.
5489
5490 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5491 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5492 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5493 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5494 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5495 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5496 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5497 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5498 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5499
ccddd104 5500 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 5501
699b6b34
LP
5502CHANGES WITH 211:
5503
5504 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5505 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5506 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5507 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5508 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5509 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5510
5511 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5512 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5513 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5514 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5515 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5516 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5517 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5518 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 5519 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
5520
5521 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5522 matching against device group names.
5523
5524 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5525 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5526 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5527 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 5528 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
5529 though.
5530
5531 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5532 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5533 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 5534 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 5535 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 5536 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
5537 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5538 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 5539 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
5540
5541 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5542 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5543 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5544 (see above). This means that installations made with
5545 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5546 deployed using container managers, completely
5547 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5548 this feature soon, too.)
5549
5550 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5551 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 5552 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
5553 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5554
5555 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5556 using IPv4LL.
5557
5558 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5559 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5560 systemd-networkd.
5561
5562 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5563 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5564 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5565 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5566 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5567
5568 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5569 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5570 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 5571 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
5572 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5573 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5574 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5575 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5576 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5577 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5578 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 5579 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
5580 users.
5581
5582 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5583 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5584 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5585 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5586 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5587 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5588 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5589 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5590 due to a closed lid.
5591
5592 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5593 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5594 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5595 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 5596 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
5597 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5598
5599 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5600 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5601 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5602 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5603 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5604
5605 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5606 now also work in --scope mode.
5607
5608 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5609 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5610 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5611 promises are made.)
5612
5613 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5614 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5615 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5616 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5617 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5618 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5619 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5620 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5621 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5622 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5623
ccddd104 5624 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 5625
43c71255
LP
5626CHANGES WITH 210:
5627
5628 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5629 according to SMACK rules.
5630
67dd87c5 5631 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
5632 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5633
5634 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5635 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5636 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5637
5638 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5639 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5640 and machine ID.
5641
ed28905e 5642 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 5643 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 5644 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
5645 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5646 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 5647 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 5648 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 5649 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
5650 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5651 backpack or similar.
5652
5653 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5654 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 5655 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 5656 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
5657 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5658 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5659 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5660 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5661 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5662 this on its own.
5663
5664 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5665 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5666 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5667 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5668
5669 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5670 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5671 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5672 --network-bridge= switches.
5673
5674 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5675 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5676 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5677 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5678 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5679 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5680 each configuration option.
5681
5682 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 5683 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 5684 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 5685 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
5686 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5687
5688 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5689 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5690 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5691 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5692 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5693
5694 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5695 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5696 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5697 default however.
5698
b8bde116 5699 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
5700 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5701 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 5702 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
5703 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5704 them with systemd-networkd.
5705
d27893ef
LP
5706 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5707 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5708 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 5709 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
5710 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5711 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 5712 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
5713 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5714 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 5715 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 5716 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
5717 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5718 during a transitional period!
5719
13b28d82 5720 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
5721 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5722 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5723 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5724 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5725 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5726 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5727 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5728
ccddd104 5729 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 5730
e49b5aad
LP
5731CHANGES WITH 209:
5732
5733 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5734 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
5735 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5736 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 5737 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
5738 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5739 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 5740 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 5741 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 5742 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
5743 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5744 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
5745
5746 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 5747 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
5748 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5749 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 5750 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
5751
5752 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5753 shutdown/boot.
5754
8b7d0494
JSJ
5755 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5756 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
5757
5758 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5759 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 5760 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
5761 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5762
5763 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5764 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 5765 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 5766 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 5767 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
5768 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5769
dfb08b05
ZJS
5770 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5771 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5772 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 5773 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
5774 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5775 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5776 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5777 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 5778 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 5779
e49b5aad 5780 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 5781 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
5782
5783 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5784 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5785 implementation.
5786
5787 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 5788 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
5789 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5790 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5791 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5792 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5793 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5794 and .service units.
5795
5796 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5797 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5798 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5799
8b7d0494 5800 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 5801 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 5802 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
5803 nothing makes use of it.
5804
5805 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5806 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5807 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5808
5809 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5810 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5811 compatibility purposes.
5812
5813 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5814 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5815 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 5816 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
5817 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5818 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5819 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5820 process handling.
5821
5822 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5823 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5824 style to "sd-bus.h".
5825
7e95eda5
PF
5826 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5827 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
5828 "systemd-networkd".
5829
4c2413bf 5830 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
5831 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5832 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5833 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5834 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
5835
5836 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5837 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5838 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5839 PID1's support for that anymore.
5840
8b7d0494 5841 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
5842 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5843
5844 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5845 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5846 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5847 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5848 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5849 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5850
5851 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 5852 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
5853 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5854 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
5855
5856 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5857 login in any local container. This works with any container
5858 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 5859 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
5860
5861 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5862 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5863 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5864 system of some kind.
5865
5866 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5867 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5868 next.
5869
5870 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5871 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5872 reboot() system call.
5873
5874 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5875 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 5876 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
5877 still available but not advertised anymore.
5878
e49b5aad
LP
5879 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5880 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 5881 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
5882 within each Unit.
5883
270f1624
LP
5884 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5885 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 5886 the kernel).
e49b5aad 5887
4670e9d5 5888 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
5889 timestamps (following the setting in
5890 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
5891
5892 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5893 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5894
5895 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5896 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5897
5898 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5899 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5900 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5901
5902 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5903 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
5904 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5905 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
5906
5907 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5908 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
5909 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5910
5911 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
5912
5913 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5914 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5915
4c2413bf 5916 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
5917 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5918 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5919 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5920
5921 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5922 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5923 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5924 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5925
e49b5aad
LP
5926 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5927 of the legend text.
5928
5929 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5930 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5931 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5932 remote sessions.
5933
8e420494
LP
5934 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5935 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
5936
5937 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5938 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5939 the system manager.
5940
1e190502 5941 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
5942 short description of the connection parameters in the
5943 description.
5944
4c2413bf 5945 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 5946 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 5947 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
5948 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5949 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5950 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5951 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 5952
c0c5af00 5953 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 5954 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 5955 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
5956 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5957 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5958 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 5959 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 5960 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
5961 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5962
6300b3ec
LP
5963 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5964 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5965 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5966 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
5967 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5968 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 5969 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 5970 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
5971 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5972 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5973 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5974 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5975 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5976 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5977 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5978 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5979 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5980 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5981 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 5982 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 5983 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
5984 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5985 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5986
8b7d0494 5987 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 5988 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
5989 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5990 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5991 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 5992 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
5993 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5994 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 5995 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 5996 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
5997 APIs.
5998
5999 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 6000 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 6001 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
6002 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6003 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6004 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 6005
81c7dd89 6006 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 6007 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 6008 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 6009 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 6010 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
6011 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6012 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6013 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6014 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6015 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6016 one of them is updated.
6017
e49b5aad 6018 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 6019 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
6020 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6021 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6022 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6023
6024 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6025 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6026 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 6027 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 6028 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
6029 entry points.
6030
6031 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6032 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6033 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6034 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 6035 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
6036
6037 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 6038 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
6039 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6040 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6041
1e190502
ZJS
6042 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6043 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6044 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 6045
000b1ba5 6046 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
1e190502
ZJS
6047 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6048 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
6049
6050 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6051 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 6052 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
6053
6054 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6055 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
6056
6057 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 6058 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 6059 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 6060 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
6061 all remaining processes of the service.
6062
4c2413bf
JE
6063 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6064 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
6065 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6066 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6067 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 6068 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
6069 manager process which created them takes no further
6070 responsibilities for it.
6071
1e190502 6072 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
6073 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6074 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6075 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6076 marked executable or world-writable.
6077
6078 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 6079 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
6080 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6081 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
6082
6083 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6084 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 6085 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 6086 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
6087
6088 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6089 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 6090 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
6091 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6092
6093 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6094 with specific SELinux labels set.
6095
6096 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6097 any additional output but the container's own console
6098 output.
6099
6100 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6101 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6102
6103 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 6104 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 6105 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
6106 OS images, but only specific apps.
6107
6108 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 6109 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 6110 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 6111 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
6112
6113 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6114 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 6115 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
6116 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6117 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6118 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 6119
6afc95b7
LP
6120 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6121 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 6122 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
6123 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6124 units to use.
6afc95b7 6125
e49b5aad
LP
6126 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6127 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6128 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6129 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6130
6131 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6132 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6133 context for a service.
6134
6135 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6136 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
6137 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6138 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
6139 influence this logic.
6140
6141 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6142 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6143 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6144 other things.
6145
4c2413bf 6146 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 6147 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
6148 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6149 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
6150 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6151 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6152 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 6153 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 6154 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
6155 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6156
210054d7
KS
6157 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6158 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6159
e49b5aad
LP
6160 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6161 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6162 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6163 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6164 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6165 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6166 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6167 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6168 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6169 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6170 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6171 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6172 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6173 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6174 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6175 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6176 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6177 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6178 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6179 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6180 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6181 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6182 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6183 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6184
ccddd104 6185 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 6186
cd4010b3
LP
6187CHANGES WITH 208:
6188
6189 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6190 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6191 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6192 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6193 access input and drm devices which are normally
6194 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6195 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6196 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6197 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6198 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6199 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6200 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6201 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6202
6203 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 6204 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
6205 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6206
6207 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6208 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6209 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6210 kernel version number.
6211
6212 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6213 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 6214 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
6215
6216 * This release removes high-level support for the
6217 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6218 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6219 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 6220 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
6221
6222 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6223 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6224 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
6225 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6226 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
6227 cgroup system.
6228
6229 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6230 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6231 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6232 logs among other things.
6233
6234 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6235 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6236 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6237 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6238 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6239 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6240 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6241 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6242 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6243 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6244 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6245 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6246 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6247 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6248 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6249 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6250 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6251 not delayed until next reboot.
6252
6253 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6254 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6255 systemd generated files in one directory.
6256
6257 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6258 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6259 performance information if that's available to determine how
6260 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6261 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6262 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6263
6264 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6265 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6266 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6267 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6268 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6269 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6270 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6271
ccddd104 6272 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 6273
4f0be680
LP
6274CHANGES WITH 207:
6275
6276 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 6277 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
6278 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6279 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6280
6281 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6282 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6283 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6284 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6285 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6286
6287 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6288 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6289
6290 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6291 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6292 maximum number of tries.
6293
6294 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6295 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6296 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6297
6298 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6299 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6300
6301 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6302 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 6303 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 6304
f3a165b0
KS
6305 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6306 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
6307 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6308
6309 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6310 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 6311 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
6312 and type).
6313
f3a165b0 6314 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
6315 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6316
6317 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6318 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 6319 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
6320 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6321
6322 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6323 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6324 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6325 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6326 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6327 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6328 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6329 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6330
6331 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6332 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6333 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6334 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6335
387abf80
LP
6336 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6337 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6338 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6339 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6340 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6341 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6342 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 6343
4f0be680
LP
6344 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6345 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6346
6347 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6348 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6349 automatically after the process terminated.
6350
6351 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6352 certain paths from operation.
6353
6354 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
6355 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6356 is received.
4f0be680
LP
6357
6358 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6359 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6360 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6361 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6362 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6363 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6364 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6365 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6366 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6367 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6368 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6369 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6370 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6371
ccddd104 6372 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 6373
408f281b
LP
6374CHANGES WITH 206:
6375
6376 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6377 concepts introduced with 205.
6378
6379 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6380 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6381 -r".
6382
6383 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6384 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 6385 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
6386
6387 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6388 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6389 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6390 the journal.
6391
6392 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6393 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6394 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6395
6396 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6397 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6398 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6399 browsing logs from that point on.
6400
6401 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6402 of an FSS key.
6403
251cc819
LP
6404 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6405 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6406 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6407 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6408 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 6409 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
6410 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6411 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6412 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6413 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6414 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6415 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6416 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6417 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6418
6419 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6420 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 6421 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 6422 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
6423
6424 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6425 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6426
6427 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6428 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6429
251cc819
LP
6430 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6431 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
6432
6433 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6434
6435 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6436 support for passing performance data via environment
6437 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6438 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6439 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6440 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6441 deserialize it again.
6442
28f5c779
KS
6443 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6444 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6445 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6446 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 6447
251cc819
LP
6448 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6449 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6450 completely silent shutdown when used.
6451
6452 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6453 option in .socket units.
6454
6455 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6456 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6457 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6458 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6459 system.slice as before.
6460
6461 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6462
6463 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6464 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6465 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6466 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6467 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6468 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6469 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6470
ccddd104 6471 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 6472
00aa832b
LP
6473CHANGES WITH 205:
6474
6475 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6476
6477 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 6478 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
6479 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6480 possible for system services and applications to group their
6481 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6482 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6483 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6484
6485 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 6486 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
6487 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6488 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6489 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6490
6491 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6492 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6493 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6494 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6495
6496 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6497 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6498 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6499 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6500 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6501 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6502 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6503 and useful as a general batch manager.
6504
6505 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6506 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6507 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6508 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6509 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6510 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6511 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6512 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6513 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6514 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6515
6516 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6517 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6518 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6519 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6520 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6521 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6522 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6523 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6524 is compile-time optional.
6525
6526 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6527 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6528 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6529 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6530 well as slice units.
6531
6532 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6533 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6534 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6535 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6536 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6537 command that wraps this call.
6538
6539 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6540 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6541 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6542 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6543 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6544 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6545 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6546
6547 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6548 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6549 off audit.
6550
6551 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6552 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6553
6554 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6555 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6556 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6557 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
6558
6559 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6560 snippets extending unit files.
6561
6562 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6563 not available as public API.
6564
6565 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 6566 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
6567 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6568
6569 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6570 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6571 controls what to boot into by default.
6572
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6573 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6574 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6575
00aa832b
LP
6576 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6577 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6578 about the unit file loading.
6579
00aa832b
LP
6580 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6581 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6582 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6583 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6584 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6585 racy due to journal file rotation.
6586
6587 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6588 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6589 all services.
6590
6591 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6592 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6593 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6594 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6595 system services want to log events about specific client
6596 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6597 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6598 unit is requested.
6599
6600 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6601 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6602 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6603 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6604 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6605 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6606 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6607 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6608 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6609 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6610 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6611 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6612 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6613
606c24e3
LP
6614CHANGES WITH 204:
6615
6616 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6617 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6618
6619 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6620 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6621 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6622
6623 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6624 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6625
2f3fcf85
LP
6626CHANGES WITH 203:
6627
6628 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6629 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6630
6631 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6632 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6633 fields, including the root directory.
6634
6635 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6636 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 6637 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
6638 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6639 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6640 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6641 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6642 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6643 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6644 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6645 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6646
6647 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6648 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6649
6650 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6651 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6652
6653 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6654 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6655 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6656 the local hostname.
6657
6658 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6659 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6660 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6661 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6662 VMs/containers coming and going.
6663
6664 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6665 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6666 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6667
6668 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6669 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6670 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6671 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6672
6673 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6674 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6675 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6676
6677 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6678 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6679 services. With the container's root directory in
6680 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6681 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6682
6683 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6684 the processes within a certain container.
6685
6686 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6687 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6688 check though. Patches welcome!
6689
6690 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6691 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6692 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6693 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6694 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6695
6696 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6697 the passed argument if applicable.
6698
6699 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6700 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6701 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6702 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6703 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6704 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6705 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6706 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6707
ef3b5246
LP
6708CHANGES WITH 202:
6709
6710 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6711 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6712 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6713 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6714 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6715 units activate.
6716
6717 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6718 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6719 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6720 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6721 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6722 for now, and not installable.
6723
6724 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6725 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6726 can run in conjunction with udev.
6727
6728 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6729 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6730 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6731 session manager.
6732
6733 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6734 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6735 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6736 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6737 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6738 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6739 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 6740 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
6741 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6742 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6743 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6744
6745 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6746
6747 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6748 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6749 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6750 logical expressions.
6751
6752 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6753 switches.
6754
6755 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6756 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 6757 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
6758 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6759 the user.
6760
cbeabcfb
ZJS
6761 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6762 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6763 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6764 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6765 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6766 an entry.
6767
ef3b5246
LP
6768 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6769 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6770 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6771 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6772 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6773 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6774
d3a86981
LP
6775CHANGES WITH 201:
6776
6777 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6778 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6779 directory.
6780
6781 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6782 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6783 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6784 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6785 problem.
6786
6787 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6788 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6789 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6790 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6791
6792 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6793 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6794
6795 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6796 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6797 files in this context are files such as
6798 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6799
6800 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6801 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6802 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6803 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6804 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6805 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6806
6807 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6808 hostnames.
6809
6810 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6811 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6812 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6813 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6814 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6815 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6816 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6817 all time-related output of systemd.
6818
6819 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6820 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6821 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6822 loops.
6823
6824 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6825 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6826
6827 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6828 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 6829 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
6830 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6831 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6832
6833 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6834 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6835 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6836 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6837 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6838 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6839 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6840
9ca3c17f
LP
6841CHANGES WITH 200:
6842
6843 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6844 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6845 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6846 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6847 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6848 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6849
6850 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6851 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6852 images.
6853
6854 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6855 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6856 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6857
35911459
LP
6858CHANGES WITH 199:
6859
6860 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6861
6862 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6863 security policy.
6864
6865 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6866 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6867 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6868 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6869 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6870 the same service can still access). When a service is
6871 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 6872 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
6873 this though).
6874
6875 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6876 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6877 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6878 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6879 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6880 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6881
6882 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 6883 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
6884
6885 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6886 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6887
56cadcb6 6888 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 6889
c20d8298 6890 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
6891 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6892 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6893 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6894 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
6895
6896 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6897 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6898 system is to be mounted.
6899
6900 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6901 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6902 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6903 purpose for socket units.
6904
6a7d3d68
LP
6905 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6906 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6907
a87197f5
ZJS
6908 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6909 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 6910 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 6911 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 6912 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 6913
35911459
LP
6914 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6915 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6916 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6917 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6918 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6919 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6920 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6921 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6922 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6923
85d68397
LP
6924CHANGES WITH 198:
6925
6926 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6927 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6928 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6929 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6930 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 6931 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
6932 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6933 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6934 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
6935 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6936 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
6937 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6938 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6939 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6940 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 6941 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
6942 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6943 for them too.
6944
6945 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 6946 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
6947 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6948 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6949 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6950 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6951 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
6952 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6953 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
6954
6955 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6956 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6957
40e21da8 6958 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
6959 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6960 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6961 other users.
6962
6963 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6964 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6965 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6966 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6967 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 6968 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
6969 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6970 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 6971 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
6972 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6973 supported.
6974
6975 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
6976 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6977 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
6978
6979 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6980 call.
6981
6aa8d43a
LP
6982 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6983 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6984 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
6985 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6986 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6987 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
6988 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6989 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6990 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6991 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6992 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6993 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6994 also been removed.
85d68397 6995
40e21da8 6996 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 6997 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
6998 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6999 objects themselves.
7000
7001 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7002
7003 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7004 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 7005 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
7006 to how this is supported in shells.
7007
7008 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7009 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7010 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7011 user systemd instance.
7012
7013 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7014 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7015 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7016 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7017 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7018 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7019 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7020 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7021 one day for good in the kernel.
7022
7023 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7024 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7025 container.
7026
40e21da8 7027 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 7028 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
7029 the host into the container.
7030
7031 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
7032 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7033 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7034 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7035 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7036 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 7037
56cadcb6 7038 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
7039
7040 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7041 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
7042 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7043 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
7044
7045 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7046 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7047 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7048 system resume events.
7049
7050 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7051 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 7052 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 7053 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
7054
7055 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7056 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7057 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7058 card).
7059
7060 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7061 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7062 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7063
bf933560
KS
7064 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7065 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7066 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
7067
7068 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7069 now carry a message ID.
7070
7071 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7072 continues to be work in progress.
7073
7074 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7075 root directory to operate relative to.
7076
40e21da8
KS
7077 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7078 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
7079 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7080 times a little.
7081
7082 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7083 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7084 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7085 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7086 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7087 request boot into firmware operations.
7088
7089 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7090 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7091 correctly in initrds.
7092
7093 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
7094 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
7095
7096 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7097 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7098
7099 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7100 the status of all active or failed units.
7101
7102 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7103 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7104 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 7105 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
7106 requests more robust.
7107
7108 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7109 reading journal files.
7110
7111 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7112 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7113
56cadcb6 7114 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
7115
7116 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 7117 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
7118
7119 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7120 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7121 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7122 socket activation in daemons.
7123
7124 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7125 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7126
43447fb7
LP
7127 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7128 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7129 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7130
85d68397 7131 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 7132 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
7133 system units.
7134
7135 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7136 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7137 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7138
7139 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7140 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7141 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 7142 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
7143 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7144 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7145 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7146 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7147 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7148 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7149 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 7150 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
7151 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7152 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7153 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7154 package installation time.
7155
7156 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7157 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7158 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7159 installation time.
7160
7161 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7162 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7163
7164 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7165
40e21da8
KS
7166 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7167 available.
85d68397 7168
1aed4590
LP
7169 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7170 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7171
85d68397
LP
7172 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7173 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7174 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7175 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7176 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7177 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7178 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7179 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7180 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7181 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7182 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7183 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7184 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7185 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7186
8ad26859
LP
7187CHANGES WITH 197:
7188
7189 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7190 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7191 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7192 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7193 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7194 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7195 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7196 the supported calendar time specification language see
7197 systemd.time(7).
7198
7199 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7200 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7201 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7202 document for details:
7203
56cadcb6 7204 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
7205
7206 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
7207 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7208 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
7209 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7210 dependencies.
7211
7212 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7213 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7214 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7215 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7216 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7217 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7218 with a configure switch.
7219
7220 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7221 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7222 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7223 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7224 such as ext4.
7225
7226 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7227 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7228 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7229
7230 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7231 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7232
7233 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7234 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7235 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7236 using only core OS tools.
7237
7238 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7239 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7240 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7241 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7242 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7243 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7244 eventually.
7245
7246 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7247 presenting log data.
7248
7249 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 7250 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
7251
7252 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7253 system on idle.
7254
7255 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7256 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7257 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7258 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7259 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7260 information if possible.
7261
7262 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
7263 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
7264 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
7265
7266 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7267 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7268 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7269 is running on battery power.
7270
7271 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7272 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7273 is in the "failed" state.
7274
7275 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7276 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7277 environment files at once.
7278
7279 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7280 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7281 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7282 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7283 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7284 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7285 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7286 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7287 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7288 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7289 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7290 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7291 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7292
7293 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7294 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7295
7296 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7297 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7298
7299 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7300 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7301 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7302 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
7303 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7304 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
7305 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7306 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7307 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7308 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7309 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7310 shipped from us upstream.
7311
7312 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7313 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7314 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7315 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7316 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7317 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7318 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7319 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7320 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7321 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7322 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7323 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7324 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7325
0428ddb7
LP
7326CHANGES WITH 196:
7327
7328 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7329 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7330 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7331 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7332 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7333 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7334 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7335 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 7336 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 7337 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
7338 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7339 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7340 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
7341 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7342 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7343 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7344 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7345 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7346 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7347
7348 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7349 indexed database to link up additional information with
7350 journal entries. For further details please check:
7351
56cadcb6 7352 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
7353
7354 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7355 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7356 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7357 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7358 macro for this purpose.
7359
7360 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7361 Python logging framework.
7362
7363 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7364 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7365 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7366 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 7367 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
7368 time intervals.
7369
7370 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7371 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7372 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7373
7374 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7375 right-away on the selected coredump.
7376
7377 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7378 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7379 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7380
7381 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7382 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7383 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7384 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7385
7386 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7387 default.
7388
7389 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7390 SMACK security label.
7391
7392 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7393 daylight saving change.
7394
7395 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7396 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7397 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7398 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7399 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7400 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7401 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7402
7403 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
7404 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
7405 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
7406 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
7407 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
7408 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 7409 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
7410 PolicyKit is not around.
7411
7412 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7413 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7414
7415 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7416 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7417 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7418 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7419 offline updating tools.
7420
7421 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7422 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7423 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7424 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7425 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7426 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7427
7428 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7429 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7430
7431 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7432 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7433 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7434 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7435 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7436 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7437 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7438 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7439 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7440
139ee8cc
LP
7441CHANGES WITH 195:
7442
6827101a 7443 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
7444 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7445 units via --unit=/-u.
7446
6827101a 7447 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
7448 right thing.
7449
7450 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7451 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7452 rotation.
7453
7454 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7455 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7456 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7457 completion of journalctl has been updated
7458 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7459 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7460
7461 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7462 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7463
7464 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7465 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7466 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7467 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7468 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7469 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7470 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7471 completion.
7472
7473 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7474 extract coredumps from the journal.
7475
7476 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7477 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7478 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7479 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7480 scratch their heads.
7481
7482 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7483 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7484
7485 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7486 in immediate termination of systemd.
7487
7488 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7489 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7490
7491 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7492 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7493 mouse screen support has been added.
7494
7495 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7496 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7497
1cb88f2c 7498 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
7499 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7500 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7501 "systemctl reload".
7502
15f47220 7503 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
7504 -u" instead.
7505
7506 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7507 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7508 configured.
7509
7510 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7511 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7512
7513 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7514 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
7515 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7516 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7517 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7518 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7519 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 7520
f9b55720
LP
7521CHANGES WITH 194:
7522
7523 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7524 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7525 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7526 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7527 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7528 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7529 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7530 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7531 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7532 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7533 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7534 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7535
7536 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7537 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7538 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7539
597c52cf
LP
7540CHANGES WITH 193:
7541
7542 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7543 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7544
7545 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7546 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7547 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7548
7549 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7550 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7551 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7552 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7553 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7554 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7555 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7556
7557 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7558 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7559
7560 This will download the journal contents in a
7561 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7562
7563 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7564
7565 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7566 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7567 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7568 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7569 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7570
7571 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7572
7573 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7574 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7575
075d4ecb
LP
7576CHANGES WITH 192:
7577
7578 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7579 too.
7580
d28315e4 7581 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
7582 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7583 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 7584 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
7585 just start them.
7586
7587 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7588 and line break accordingly.
7589
597c52cf
LP
7590 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7591 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 7592
b6a86739
LP
7593CHANGES WITH 191:
7594
7595 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7596 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7597 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7598 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7599 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7600
7601 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7602 will default to 10 if omitted.
7603
7604 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7605 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7606 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7607 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 7608 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
7609
7610 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7611 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7612 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7613 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7614 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7615 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 7616 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
7617
7618 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7619 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 7620 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 7621 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
7622 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7623 into two.
7624
597c52cf
LP
7625 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7626 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 7627
0c11f949
LP
7628CHANGES WITH 190:
7629
d28315e4 7630 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
7631 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7632 "systemctl status".
7633
7634 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7635 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 7636 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
7637 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7638 field.)
7639
7640 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7641 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7642 default.
7643
7644 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7645 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7646 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7647 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7648 in a container.
7649
7650 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7651 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7652 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7653 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7654 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7655 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7656
7657 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7658 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7659 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7660 no-op.
7661
7662 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7663 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7664 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7665 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7666 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7667
7668 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7669 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7670
7671 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7672 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7673 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7674 command.
7675
7676 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7677 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7678 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7679
7680 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7681
7682 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7683 multiple files at once.
7684
7685 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7686 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7687 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7688 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7689 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7690 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7691 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7692
a98d5d64
LP
7693 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7694 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7695 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
7696
7697 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7698 dir: %_presetdir.
7699
d28315e4 7700 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 7701 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
7702
7703 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7704 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7705 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7706 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7707 anymore.
7708
aaccc32c 7709 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
7710 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7711 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7712 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7713
7714 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7715 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7716 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7717
7718 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7719 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7720 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7721 sockets.
7722
7723 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7724 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7725 is changed.
7726
7727 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7728 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7729 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7730 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7731 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 7732 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
7733 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7734
7735 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7736
7737 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7738 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7739
aad803af
LP
7740 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7741 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7742
7743 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7744 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7745 (%b).
7746
b6a86739 7747 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
7748 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7749 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7750 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7751 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7752 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7753 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7754
38a60d71
LP
7755CHANGES WITH 189:
7756
7757 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7758 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7759
7760 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7761 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7762 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7763 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7764 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7765 syslog daemons again.
7766
7767 * The libudev API gained the new
7768 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7769
7770 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7771 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7772 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7773 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7774
7775 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7776 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7777 container.
7778
7779 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7780 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7781 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7782 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7783 this explaining it in more detail.
7784
7785 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7786 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7787 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7788 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7789
7790 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7791 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7792 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7793 journal files.
7794
7795 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7796 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7797 as container init process a lot more fun.
7798
7799 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7800 entries.
7801
7802 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7803 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7804 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7805 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7806 different sets of services.
7807
7808 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7809 failure state.
7810
b6a86739 7811 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
7812 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7813 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7814
c269cec3
LP
7815CHANGES WITH 188:
7816
7817 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7818 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7819 tree a lot more organized.
7820
7821 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7822 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7823
7824 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7825 services.
7826
7827 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7828 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7829 filtering by log level now.
7830
7831 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7832 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7833 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7834
ab06eef8 7835 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
7836 command lines involving service unit names.
7837
7838 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7839 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7840
7841 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7842 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7843 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7844
7845 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7846 option.
7847
7848 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7849 a shutdown is cancelled.
7850
7851 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7852 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7853 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7854 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7855 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7856
7857 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7858 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7859 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7860 for display managers instead.
7861
7862 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7863 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7864 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7865 protection, and suchlike.
7866
7867 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7868 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7869 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7870 the service.
7871
7872 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7873 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7874 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7875 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7876 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7877 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7878
c4f1b862
LP
7879CHANGES WITH 187:
7880
7881 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7882 pages.
7883
7884 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7885 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7886 data loss.
7887
c269cec3 7888 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
7889 option.
7890
7891 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7892
7893 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7894 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7895
7896 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7897 specific directory.
7898
7899 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7900 messages of two different boots.
7901
7902 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7903 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7904 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7905
7906 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7907 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7908 disjunctions.
7909
7910 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7911 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7912 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7913
7914 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7915 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7916 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7917
7918 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7919 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7920 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7921 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7922 speed things up a bit.
7923
7924 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7925 header data of journal files.
7926
7927 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7928 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7929 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7930
7931 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7932 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7933 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7934 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7935
7936 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7937
7938 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7939 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7940 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7941 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7942
b5b4c94a
LP
7943CHANGES WITH 186:
7944
7945 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7946 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7947 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7948 prefixed with rd.
7949
7950 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7951 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7952
7953 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7954
7955 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7956
d1f9edaf 7957 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
7958
7959 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7960 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7961 as well.
7962
7963 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7964 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7965 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7966
7967 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7968 does the right thing. Example:
7969
7970 udevadm info /dev/sda
7971 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7972
7973 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7974 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7975 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7976 running.
7977
7978 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7979 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7980
7981 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7982 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7983
7984 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7985 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7986 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7987 files.
7988
7989 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7990 be stopped that is not loaded.
7991
7992 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7993
7994 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7995
7996 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7997 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7998 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7999 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8000
8001 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8002 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8003 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8004 completed initialization.
8005
8006 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8007
8008 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8009 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8010 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8011 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8012 distributions.
8013
8014 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8015 always valid when services log to the journal via
8016 STDOUT/STDERR.
8017
8018 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8019 command line options we understand.
8020
8021 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8022 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8023
91ac7425 8024 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
8025 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8026
8027 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8028 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8029 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8030 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8031
8032 systemctl status /home
8033 systemctl status /dev/sda
8034
8035 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8036 system.conf parsing.
8037
8038 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8039 Manager object.
8040
ce830873 8041 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
8042
8043 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8044
8045 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8046 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8047 complete.
8048
8049 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8050 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8051 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8052 systemd-fsck@.service.
8053
8054 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8055 Manager object.
8056
8057 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8058 work sensibly.
8059
8060 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8061 we actually understand.
8062
8063 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8064 additional capabilities to the container.
8065
8066 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 8067 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
8068 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8069
8070 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8071 the current boot only.
8072
8073 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8074 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8075
8076 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8077 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8078 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8079 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8080 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8081
c4f1b862 8082 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 8083
2d938ac7
LP
8084 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8085 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8086 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8087 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 8088
2d197285 8089CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 8090
2d197285
KS
8091 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8092 available.
8093
8094 * Several new man pages have been added.
8095
b5b4c94a
LP
8096 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8097 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8098 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8099 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 8100
b5b4c94a
LP
8101 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8102 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
8103
8104 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8105 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8106 Matthias Clasen
8107
4c8cd173 8108CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 8109
4c8cd173
LP
8110 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8111 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8112
8113 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8114 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8115 daemon.
8116
8117 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8118 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8119
8120 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8121 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8122 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8123 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8124
ea5943d3 8125CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 8126
187076d4
LP
8127 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8128 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8129 and systemd's most recent version number.
8130
194bbe33
KS
8131 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8132 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8133 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8134 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8135 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 8136 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 8137
91cf7e5c 8138 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
8139 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8140 subsystems.
64661ee7 8141
2d13da88
KS
8142 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8143 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8144 used to subscribe to events.
8145
194bbe33
KS
8146 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8147 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8148 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8149 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 8150 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
8151 forked by udev rules.
8152
f13b388f
KS
8153 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8154 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8155 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8156 it.
8157
ea5943d3 8158 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
8159 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8160 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8161 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 8162 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 8163
ea5943d3 8164 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 8165 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
8166
8167 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8168 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8169 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8170 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8171
ea5943d3
LP
8172 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8173 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8174 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8175 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8176 to be used as drop-in files.
8177
8178 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 8179 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
8180
8181 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8182 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8183 about this in more detail.
8184
8185 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 8186 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
8187 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8188 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8189 from git history and add them downstream.
8190
8191 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8192 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 8193 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
8194 units.
8195
8196 * All smaller setup units (such as
8197 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8198 are run in a container and are skipped when
8199 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8200 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8201
8202 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8203 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 8204 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
8205
8206 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8207 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8208 messages.
8209
439d6dfd
LP
8210 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8211 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
8212 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8213 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8214 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8215
8216 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8217 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8218 for all units started by PID 1.
8219
8220 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8221 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8222 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8223
3943231c
LP
8224 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8225 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
8226
8227 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8228 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 8229 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
8230
8231 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8232 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8233 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8234 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8235 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8236 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8237
8238 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8239 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8240
8241 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8242
8243 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8244 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8245 so sexy.
8246
8247 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8248 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8249 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8250 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8251 patterns.
8252
8253 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8254 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8255 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8256 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8257
8258 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8259 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8260
8261 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8262 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8263 in systemd now.
8264
8265 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8266 ID on the command line.
8267
f8c0a2cb 8268 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
8269 for an init system.
8270
8271 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8272 vt100.
8273
8274 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8275
8276 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 8277 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
8278
8279 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8280
8281 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8282 container in other hierarchies.
8283
8284 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8285 system.conf.
8286
8287 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8288
8289 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8290 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8291
d28315e4 8292 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
8293 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8294
8295 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8296 locally generated journal files.
8297
8298 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8299
8300 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8301
79849bf9
LP
8302 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8303 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8304 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8305 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8306 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8307 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8308 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8309 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8310 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8311 Gundersen
8312
16f1239e 8313CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 8314
16f1239e
LP
8315 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8316
8317 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8318 KVM or container configured UUID.
8319
8320 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8321
8322 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8323
ab06eef8 8324 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
8325 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8326
ce830873 8327 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
8328
8329 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8330 folks
8331
8332 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 8333 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
8334 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8335
8336 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8337 configuration
8338
8339 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8340 free fashion
8341
8342 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8343 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 8344 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
8345 automatically generated data.
8346
8347 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8348 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8349 however.
8350
8351 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8352 tarball.
8353
8354 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8355 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8356 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8357 Reding
8358
437b7dee 8359CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 8360
437b7dee
LP
8361 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8362
8363 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8364
8365 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8366
45afd519 8367 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
8368 normal user logins.
8369
8370 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8371 Biebl
8372
204fa33c 8373CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 8374
204fa33c
LP
8375 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8376
8377 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8378 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8379 xsltproc.
8380
8381 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8382 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8383 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8384
8385 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8386 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8387 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8388
8389 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8390
8391 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8392 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8393 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8394
e0d25329 8395CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 8396
e0d25329
KS
8397 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8398 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8399 package update.
8400
b13df964
LP
8401 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8402 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8403 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8404
8405 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8406 complete.
8407
8408 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8409 understood to set system wide environment variables
8410 dynamically at boot.
8411
e9c1ea9d 8412 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 8413
353e12c2
LP
8414 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8415 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8416 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8417 files.
8418
b13df964
LP
8419 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8420 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8421 William Douglas
8422
d26e4270 8423CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 8424
d26e4270
LP
8425 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8426
8427 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8428 "Result" D-Bus property.
8429
8430 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8431 the next few releases.)
8432
8433 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8434 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8435 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8436 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8437
b13df964
LP
8438 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8439 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8440 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8441
220a21d3 8442CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 8443
220a21d3
LP
8444 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8445 bugfixes.
8446
8447 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8448 resource usage.
8449
8450 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8451 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8452 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8453 journals by the respective users.
8454
8455 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8456 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8457 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8458
8459 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8460 client for all entries.
8461
8462 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8463
8464 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8465 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8466
8467 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8468 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8469 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8470 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8471
8472 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8473 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8474 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8475
8476 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8477 journal along with meta data.
8478
8479 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8480 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8481 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8482
8483 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8484 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 8485 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
8486
8487 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8488
8489 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8490 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8491 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8492 or fsck.
8493
d28315e4 8494 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
8495 requested with new -k switch.
8496
8497 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8498 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8499
8500CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 8501
220a21d3
LP
8502 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8503 bugfixes.
8504
8505 * The git repository moved to:
8506 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8507 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8508
8509 * First release with the journal
8510 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8511
8512 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8513 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8514
8515 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8516
8517 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8518
8519 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8520 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8521 remote mounts.
8522
8523 * Added Mageia support
8524
8525 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8526
8527 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8528 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8529 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8530 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8531 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8532
8533 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8534 of existing distributions.
8535
8536 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8537 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8538
8539 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8540 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8541 boot.
8542
8543 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8544
8545 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8546 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8547 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8548 among other things.
8549
8550 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8551 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8552
8553 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8554
ce830873 8555 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
8556 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8557 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8558
8559 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8560 restored.
8561
8562 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8563 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8564 kmod
8565
d28315e4 8566 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
8567 of /usr/local by default.
8568
8569 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8570 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8571 in:
56cadcb6 8572 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
8573
8574 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8575 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8576 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8577 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8578 supported anyway, and bad style).
8579
8580 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8581 reloading of units together.
8582
4c8cd173 8583 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
8584 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8585 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8586 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8587 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek